EX-99.3 5 a95047kexv99w3.htm EXHIBIT 99.3 exv99w3
 

EXHIBIT 99.3

COMPLETE APPRAISAL OF
    REAL PROPERTY

Retirement Inn of Campbell
290 N. San Tomas Aquino Road
Campbell, Santa Clara County, California
95008

IN A SELF-CONTAINED
    APPRAISAL REPORT

As of 10/16/03

Prepared For:
ARV Assisted Living, Inc.
245 Fischer Avenue, D-1
Costa Mesa, CA 92626

Prepared By:
Cushman & Wakefield of Oregon, Inc.
Senior Housing/Healthcare Industry Group
Valuation Services, Advisory Group
200 S.W. Market Street, Suite 200
Portland, OR 97201

C&W File ID: 03-34001-9383

         
VALUATION SERVICES       ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

     
    (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO
    Cushman & Wakefield of Oregon, Inc.
    200 S.W. Market Street, Suite 200
    Portland, OR 97201
    503-279-1734 Tel
    503-279-1791 Fax
    WWW.CWVAS.COM

October 24, 2003

Douglas Armstrong
Senior Vice President and General Counsel
ARV Assisted Living, Inc.
245 Fischer Avenue, D-1
Costa Mesa, CA 92626

     
Re:   Complete Appraisal of Real Property
    In a Self-Contained Report
    Retirement Inn of Campbell
    290 N. San Tomas Aquino Road
    Campbell, Santa Clara County, California 95008
     
    C&W File ID: 03-34001-9383

Dear Mr. Armstrong:

In fulfillment of our agreement as outlined in the Letter of Engagement, we are pleased to transmit our complete appraisal report (the “Appraisal”) on the property referenced above.

The value opinion reported below is qualified by certain assumptions, limiting conditions, certifications, and definitions, which are set forth in the Appraisal. We particularly call your attention to the following Extraordinary Assumptions and Hypothetical Conditions:

     
Extraordinary Assumptions:   This Appraisal assumes that the property continues to meet the licensing requirements of the State of California as a residential care facility for the elderly and continues to remain in compliance with applicable life safety codes.
     
    This Appraisal employs no other Extraordinary Assumptions.
     
Hypothetical Conditions:   This Appraisal employs no Hypothetical Conditions.

This Appraisal was prepared for ARV Assisted Living, Inc. and is intended for use in connection with the proxy solicitation/tender offer filed with the SEC and distributed to the holders of limited partnership interests in American Retirement Villas Properties II (a California limited partnership) (the “Partnership”). Unless we otherwise consent in writing, the Appraisal cannot be used other than in the material related to proxy solicitation/tender offer referred to above for any purpose. If the Appraisal is submitted to a lender or investor with the prior approval of C&W, Inc., such party should consider this Appraisal as only one factor together with its independent investment considerations and underwriting criteria, in its overall investment decision. Such lender or investor is specifically cautioned to understand all Extraordinary Assumptions and Hypothetical Conditions and the Assumptions and Limiting Conditions incorporated in the Appraisal.

         
         
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

Douglas Armstrong
ARV Assisted Living, Inc.
October 24, 2003
Page 2

This Appraisal has been prepared in accordance with our interpretation of FIRREA, the regulations of OCC, and the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice (USPAP) including the competency provision, as promulgated by the Appraisal Institute.

The property consists of an existing 70-unit, 70-bed assisted living facility known as Retirement Inn of Campbell. The facility contains 37,113 ± square feet of gross floor area and is situated on a 1.12 acre site. The facility occupancy was 90 percent at the time of inspection.

The property has been appraised as a going concern which assumes a fair sale, which includes the transfer of a valid operating license, adequate working capital, an assembled workforce, and the transfer of all business assets necessary for the operation of a licensed assisted living facility.

The property was inspected by and the Appraisal was prepared by Mark E. Bryant under the supervision of John M. Vissotzky, MAI. This Appraisal employs all three typical approaches to value: the Cost Approach, the Sales Comparison Approach and the Income Capitalization Approach. Based on our analysis and knowledge of the subject property type and relevant investor profiles, it is our opinion that all approaches would be considered meaningful and applicable in developing a credible value conclusion.

Based on our Complete Appraisal as defined by the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice, we have developed an opinion that the going concern market value of the fee simple estate of the referenced property, subject to the assumptions and limiting conditions, certifications, Extraordinary Assumptions and Hypothetical Conditions, if any, and definitions, “as-is” on October 16, 2003 was:

FOUR MILLION SEVEN HUNDRED FIFTY THOUSAND DOLLARS

$4,750,000

The above value estimate is inclusive of $60,000 in personal property and $740,000 in business value as an integral part of the going concern.

Based on recent market transactions, as well as discussions with market participants, a sale of the subject property at the above-stated opinion of market value would have required an exposure time of approximately twelve (12) months. Furthermore, a marketing period of approximately twelve (12) months is currently warranted for the subject property.

         
VALUATION SERVICES       ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

Douglas Armstrong
ARV Assisted Living, Inc.
October 24, 2003
Page 3

This letter is invalid as an opinion of value if detached from the Appraisal, which contains the text, exhibits, and Addenda.

Respectfully submitted,

CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD OF OREGON, INC.

     
-s- Mark E. Bryant   -s- John M. Vissotzky

 
Mark E. Bryant   John M. Vissotzky, MAI
Managing Director   Managing Director
Senior Housing/Healthcare Industry Group    
California Certified General Appraiser    
License No. AG02572    
mark_bryant@cushwake.com    
503-279-1734 Office Direct    
503-279-1791 Fax    
         
VALUATION SERVICES       ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

SUMMARY OF SALIENT FACTS

     
Common Property Name:   Retirement Inn of Campbell
     
Location:   290 N. San Tomas Aquino Road Campbell, Santa Clara County, California 95008
     
    The site is situated at the southeast corner of San Tomas Aquino Road and Latimer Avenue.
     
Property Description:   The property consists of a one-building, two-story assisted living facility containing 70 units and 70 beds on a 1.12-acre parcel of land.
     
Assessor’s Parcel Number:   307-47-029
     
Interest Appraised:   Fee Simple Estate
     
Date of Value:   October 16, 2003
     
Date of Inspection:   290 N. San Tomas Aquino Road
     
Ownership:   ARV Campbell, L.P.
     
Occupancy:   Current physical occupancy is 90 percent
     
Current Property Taxes    
     
    Total Assessment:   $5,382,477
     
    2002-2003 Property Taxes:   $71,494
     
Highest and Best Use    
     
    If Vacant:   Multi-family residential property developed to the highest density possible
     
    As Improved:   As it is currently utilized as an assisted living facility.
     
Site & Improvements    
     
Zoning:   R-2-S
     
Land Area:   1.12 acres or 88,862 ± square feet
     
Number of Units:   70
     
Number of Beds:   70
     
Number of Stories:   Two
     
Number of Buildings:   One
     
Year Built:   1975
     
Type of Construction:   Wood frame
     
Gross Building Area:   37,113 square feet
     
Parking:   14 spaces (0.20 Unit).
         
VALUATION SERVICES       ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

SUMMARY OF SALIENT FACTS

             
VALUE INDICATORS
       
 
       
Cost Approach:
       
   
Indicated Value:
  $ 3,950,000  
 
       
Sales Comparison Approach:
       
   
Indicated Value:
  $ 4,800,000  
 
       
Income Capitalization Approach
       
 
       
Direct Capitalization
       
   
Net Operating Income:
  $ 538,880  
   
Capitalization Rate:
    11.50 %
   
Indicated Value:
  $ 4,700,000  
 
       
FINAL VALUE CONCLUSION
       
 
Going Concern Market Value As-Is
  $ 4,750,000  
 
Fee Simple:
       
   
Exposure Time:
  Under 12 months
   
Marketing Time:
  Under 12 months
         
VALUATION SERVICES       ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

SUMMARY OF SALIENT FACTS

Extraordinary Assumptions and Hypothetical Conditions

Extraordinary Assumptions

An extraordinary assumption is defined by the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice (2001 Edition, The Appraisal Foundation, page 2) as “an assumption, directly related to a specific assignment, which, if found to be false, could alter the appraiser’s opinions or conclusions. Extraordinary assumptions presume as fact otherwise uncertain information about physical, legal or economic characteristics of the subject property; or about conditions external to the property, such as market conditions or trends; or about the integrity of data used in an analysis.”

This Appraisal assumes that the property continues to meet the licensing requirements of the State of California as a residential care facility for the elderly and continues to remain in compliance with applicable life safety codes.

This Appraisal employs no other Extraordinary Assumptions.

Hypothetical Conditions

A hypothetical condition is defined by the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice (2001 Edition, The Appraisal Foundation, page 3) as “that which is contrary to what exists but is supposed for the purpose of analysis. Hypothetical conditions assume conditions contrary to known facts about physical, legal, or economic characteristics of the subject property; or about conditions external to the property, such as market conditions or trends; or about the integrity of data used in an analysis.”

This Appraisal employs no Hypothetical Conditions.

         
VALUATION SERVICES       ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

SUBJECT PHOTOGRAPHS

(PICTURE OF FRONT VIEW OF PROPERTY)

Front view of property

(PICTURE OF NORTH ELEVATION OF PROPERTY)

North elevation of property

         
VALUATION SERVICES       ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

SUBJECT PHOTOGRAPHS

(PICTURE OF SOUTH ELEVATION OF PROPERTY)

South elevation of property

(PICTURE OF EAST ELEVATION OF PROPERTY)

East elevation of property

         
VALUATION SERVICES       ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

SUBJECT PHOTOGRAPHS

(PICTURE OF COMMON AREA)

Common area

(PICTURE OF COMMON AREA)

Common area

         
VALUATION SERVICES       ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

SUBJECT PHOTOGRAPHS

(PICTURE OF DINING ROOM)

Dining Room

(PICTURE OF COMMON AREA)

Common area

         
VALUATION SERVICES       ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

SUBJECT PHOTOGRAPHS

(PICTURE OF TYPICAL UNIT INTERIOR)

Typical unit interior

(PICTURE OF OUTDOOR COURTYARD)

Outdoor courtyard

         
VALUATION SERVICES       ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

SUBJECT PHOTOGRAPHS

(PICTURE OF STREET VIEW EAST ON SAN TOMAS AQUIND ROAD)

Street view east on San Tomas Aquino Road

(PICTURE OF STREET VIEW SOUTH ON LATIMER AVENUE)

Street view south on Latimer Avenue

         
VALUATION SERVICES       ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

         
INTRODUCTION
    1  
SILICON VALLEY REGIONAL ANALYSIS
    6  
LOCAL AREA ANALYSIS
    23  
SENIOR LIVING INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
    25  
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATIONS OVERVIEW
    33  
COMPETITIVE MARKET ANALYSIS
    35  
SITE DESCRIPTION
    53  
IMPROVEMENTS DESCRIPTION
    55  
REAL PROPERTY TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS
    60  
ZONING
    61  
HIGHEST AND BEST USE
    62  
VALUATION PROCESS
    64  
LAND VALUATION
    66  
COST APPROACH
    72  
SALES COMPARISON APPROACH
    76  
INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH
    85  
RECONCILIATION AND FINAL VALUE OPINION
    106  
ASSUMPTIONS AND LIMITING CONDITIONS
    108  
CERTIFICATION OF APPRAISAL
    111  
ADDENDA
    112  
         
VALUATION SERVICES       ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

INTRODUCTION

     
Identification of Property    
     
Common Property Name:   Retirement Inn of Campbell
     
Location:   290 N. San Tomas Aquino Road Campbell, Santa Clara County, California 95008
     
    The site is situated at the southeast corner of San Tomas Aquino Road and Latimer Avenue.
     
Property Description:   The property consists of a one-building, two-story assisted living facility containing 70 units and 70 beds situated on a 1.12 acre site.
     
Assessor’s Parcel Number:   307-47-029
     
Property Ownership and Recent History    
     
Current Ownership:   ARV Campbell, L.P., a wholly owned subsidiary of American Retirement Villas Properties II (a California limited partnership).
     
Sale History:   The property has not transferred within the past three years to the best of our knowledge.
     
Current Disposition:   American Retirement Villas Properties II (a California limited partnership) is involved in a proxy/solicitation offer filed with the SEC that involves this property.

Intended Use and Users of the Appraisal

This Appraisal is intended to provide an opinion of the going concern market value of the fee simple interest in the property for the use of ARV Assisted Living, Inc. in connection with the proxy solicitation/tender offer filed with the SEC and distributed to the holders of the limited partnership interests in the Partnership. All other uses and users are unintended.

Dates of Inspection and Valuation

The value conclusion reported herein is as of October 16, 2003. The property was inspected on 290 N. San Tomas Aquino Road by Mark E. Bryant. John M. Vissotzky, MAI has reviewed the report but did not inspect the property.

Property Rights Appraised

Fee simple interest

Scope of the Appraisal

This is a Complete Appraisal presented in a self-contained report, intended to comply with the reporting requirements set forth under the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice (USPAP) for a Self-Contained Appraisal Report. In addition, the report was also prepared to conform to the requirements of the Code of Professional Ethics of the Appraisal Institute and the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (FIRREA), Title XI Regulations.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   1   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

INTRODUCTION

In preparation of this Appraisal, we investigated a wide array of vacant land sales in the subject’s submarket, improved sales from a local, regional or national basis, analyzed rental data, and considered the input of buyers, sellers, brokers, property developers and public officials. Additionally, we investigated the general regional economy as well as the specifics of the local area of the subject.

The scope of this Appraisal required collecting primary and secondary data relative to the subject property. The depth of the analysis is intended to be appropriate in relation to the significance of the appraisal issues as presented herein. The data has been analyzed and confirmed with sources believed to be reliable, whenever possible, leading to the value conclusions set forth in this report. In the context of completing this report, we have made a physical inspection of the subject property and the comparables. The valuation process involved utilizing market-derived and supported techniques and procedures considered appropriate to the assignment.

The scope of this analysis, and the analysis contained herein, is reflective of “the amount and type of information researched and the analysis applied in an assignment” (2001 USPAP, page 4). This Appraisal employs all three typical approaches to value: the Cost Approach, the Sales Comparison Approach and the Income Capitalization Approach. Based on our analysis and knowledge of the subject property type and relevant investor profiles, it is our opinion that all approaches would be considered meaningful and applicable in developing a credible value conclusion.

Definitions of Value, Interest Appraised and Other Terms

The following definitions of pertinent terms are taken from the Dictionary of Real Estate Appraisal, Third Edition (1993), published by the Appraisal Institute, as well as other sources.

Market Value

    Market value is one of the central concepts of the appraisal practice. Market value is differentiated from other types of value in that it is created by the collective patterns of the market. A current economic definition agreed upon by agencies that regulate federal financial institutions in the United States of America follows, taken from the glossary of the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice of The Appraisal Foundation:
 
    The most probable price which a property should bring in a competitive and open market under all conditions requisite to a fair sale, the buyer and seller, each acting prudently and knowledgeably, and assuming the price is not affected by undue stimulus. Implicit in this definition is the consummation of a sale as of a specified date and the passing of title from seller to buyer under conditions whereby:

  1.   Buyer and seller are typically motivated;
 
  2.   Both parties are well informed or well advised, and acting in what they consider their own best interests;
 
  3.   A reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market;
 
  4.   Payment is made in terms of cash in US dollars or in terms of financial arrangements comparable thereto; and
 
  5.   The price represents the normal consideration for the property sold unaffected by special or creative financing or sales concessions granted by anyone associated with the sale.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   2   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

INTRODUCTION

Fee Simple Estate

    Absolute ownership unencumbered by any other interest or estate, subject to the limitations imposed by the governmental powers of taxation, eminent domain, police power, and escheat.

Going Concern Value

    The value created by a proven property operation; considered as a separate entity to be valued with a specific business establishment. Common going-concern appraisals are conducted for assisted living facilities, nursing homes, hotels and motels, restaurants, bowling alleys, industrial enterprises, retail stores, and similar property uses. For these property types, the physical real estate assets are integral parts of an ongoing business such that the market values from the land and building are difficult, if not impossible, to segregate from the total value of the ongoing business.

Market Rent

    The rental income that a property would most probably command on the open market, indicated by the current rents paid and asked for comparable space as of the date of appraisal.

Cash Equivalent

    A price expressed in terms of cash, as distinguished from a price expressed totally or partly in terms of the face amounts of notes or other securities that cannot be sold at their face amounts.

Market Value As Is on Appraisal Date

    The value of specific ownership rights to an identified parcel of real estate as of the effective date of the appraisal; related to what physically exists and is legally permissible and excludes all assumptions concerning hypothetical market conditions or possible rezoning.

Exposure Time and Marketing Time

Exposure Time

Under Paragraph 3 of the Definition of Market Value, the value opinion presumes that “A reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market”. Exposure time is defined as the length of time the property interest being appraised would have been offered on the market prior to the hypothetical consummation of a sale at the market value on the effective date of the appraisal. Exposure time is presumed to precede the effective date of the appraisal.

The reasonable exposure period is a function of price, time and use. It is not an isolated opinion of time alone. Exposure time is different for various types of real estate and under various market conditions. As noted above, exposure time is always presumed to precede the effective date of appraisal. It is the length of time the property would have been offered prior to a hypothetical market value sale on the effective date of appraisal. It is a retrospective opinion based on an analysis of recent past events, assuming a competitive and open market. It assumes not only adequate, sufficient and reasonable time but adequate, sufficient and a reasonable marketing effort. Exposure time and conclusion of value are therefore interrelated.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   3   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

INTRODUCTION

Based on discussions with market participants and information gathered during the sales verification process, a reasonable exposure time for the subject property at the value concluded within this report would have been approximately twelve (12) months. This assumes an active and professional marketing plan would have been employed by the current owner.

Marketing Time

Marketing time is an opinion of the time that might be required to sell a real property interest at the appraised value. Marketing time is presumed to start on the effective date of the appraisal. (Marketing time is subsequent to the effective date of the appraisal and exposure time is presumed to precede the effective date of the appraisal). The opinion of marketing time uses some of the same data analyzed in the process of estimating reasonable exposure time and it is not intended to be a prediction of a date of sale.

We believe, based on the assumptions employed in our analysis, as well as our selection of investment parameters for the subject, that our value conclusion represents a price achievable within twelve (12) months.

Legal Description

The subject site is identified by the Santa Clara County assessor as Assessor’s Parcel Number 307-47-029. The legal description for the subject is located in the Addenda.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   4   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

REGIONAL MAP

(REGIONAL MAP)

         
VALUATION SERVICES   5   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

SILICON VALLEY REGIONAL ANALYSIS

Introduction

The short- and long-term value of real estate is influenced by a variety of factors and forces that interact within a given region. Regional analysis serves to identify those forces that affect property value, and the role they play within the region. The four primary forces that influence real property value include environmental characteristics, governmental forces, social factors, and economic trends. These forces determine the supply and demand for real property, which, in turn, affect market value.

The subject property is located in Campbell, California within Santa Clara County, which is part of the greater San Francisco-Oakland-San Jose Consolidated Metropolitan Statistical Area (CMSA).

Regional Economic and Demographic Analysis

Regional Area Overview

Silicon Valley encompasses 1,740 square miles of land and is comprised of San Mateo County and Santa Clara County. San Mateo County is essentially the peninsula formed by San Francisco Bay and the Pacific Ocean (save for the City and County of San Francisco at its northern tip). Santa Clara County lies at the south of San Francisco Bay and is much larger geographically than San Mateo County. Silicon Valley is part of the greater San Francisco-Oakland-San Jose Consolidated Metropolitan Statistical Area (CMSA) which includes the Primary Metropolitan Statistical Areas (PMSAs) of San Francisco (Marin, San Francisco and San Mateo Counties), San Jose (Santa Clara County), Santa Cruz (Santa Cruz County), Oakland (Alameda and Contra Costa Counties), Vallejo-Fairfield-Napa (Napa and Solano Counties) and Santa Rosa (Sonoma County).

Silicon Valley’s Northern California location on the San Francisco Bay provides for a fairly mild climate year round. The topography of the area varies from beaches to mountains, providing for myriad microclimates and recreational venues.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   6   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

SILICON VALLEY REGIONAL ANALYSIS

SAN FRANCISCO CMSA COMPONENT COUNTIES

(SAN FRANCISCO CMSA COMPONENT COUNTIES MAP)

Source: Cushman & Wakefield Analytics

Silicon Valley has long been the high-tech center of the nation and despite the technology fallout that has beset the region, remains so. Increased business investment in computers and related equipment was the driving force of the Silicon Valley economy throughout the late 1990s into the 2000s. Rising stock valuations, an influx of venture capital, investment in hardware and software in anticipation of Y2K, and the continuous need by businesses to enhance productivity, fueled the growth of Silicon Valley’s industries. As business investment has waned, however, so has the Silicon Valley’s prosperity.

The Silicon Valley’s technology sector accounts for nearly a quarter of its employment base. As a growing economy that lacks significant diversity across industrial sectors, Silicon Valley tends to exhibit more volatile growth than do more economically diversified markets.

Demographic Profile

Both Santa Clara and San Mateo counties are considered highly desirable but expensive places to live. The median age of Silicon Valley’s population is 35.1 years, the same as the median age of the nation’s top 100 largest metropolitan areas (Top 100) and just slightly below the U.S. median age of 35.6 years. Its population’s share of the age cohort under 24 years is also slightly below that of the Top 100 at 33 percent versus 35 percent, but its prime wage-earning age cohort of 35-59 years is somewhat greater at 36 versus 35 percent.

Silicon Valley’s labor pool is highly skilled and highly compensated, resulting in a very high per capita income. Its average household income is 62 percent above the Top 100 average, and its median household income is an even more impressive 68 percent above the Top 100 median.

Silicon Valley has a vastly higher percentage of households in the $100,000 plus annual income cohort – 45 percent versus 20 percent across the Top 100. At the lower end of the income

         
VALUATION SERVICES   7   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

SILICON VALLEY REGIONAL ANALYSIS

strata with annual incomes under $50,000, Silicon Valley’s share of households is half that of the Top 100 – 23 percent versus 46 percent.

DEMOGRAPHIC CHARACTERISTICS
Silicon Valley vs. Top 100 MSAs and U.S.
2002 Estimates

                           
      Silicon   Top 100        
Characteristic   Valley   Metro Areas*   U.S.

 
 
 
Median Age (years)
    35.1       35.1       35.6  
Average Annual Household Income
  $ 117,800     $ 72,700     $ 64,300  
Median Annual Household Income
  $ 92,100     $ 54,700     $ 47,500  
Households by Annual Income Level:
                       
 
<$25,000
    9.1 %     21.0 %     25.3 %
 
$25,000 to $49,999
    13.5 %     25.1 %     27.3 %
 
$50,000 to $74,999
    16.7 %     20.8 %     20.2 %
 
$75,000 to $99,999
    15.6 %     13.4 %     11.8 %
 
$100,000 plus
    45.1 %     19.7 %     15.5 %
Education Breakdown:
                       
 
< High School
    18.0 %     21.8 %     24.1 %
 
High School Graduate
    19.6 %     27.8 %     29.8 %
 
College < Bachelor Degree
    30.9 %     26.5 %     25.4 %
 
Bachelor Degree
    20.1 %     15.5 %     13.5 %
 
Advanced Degree
    11.3 %     8.4 %     7.3 %

Source: Claritas, Inc., Cushman & Wakefield Analytics

* The Top 100 Metro Areas are comprised of the 100 largest metropolitan statistical areas within the U.S. in terms of total employment as of 2002.

Silicon Valley’s population breakdown by educational achievement follows a similar pattern to incomes, reflective of the strong correlation between the two demographic factors. The San Francisco Bay Area is home to some of the nation’s most prestigious universities, including Stanford University, University of California (UC) Berkeley and UC San Francisco. Over 31 percent of Silicon Valley’s population has a bachelor or graduate degree, compared to just 24 percent for the Top 100. And, while 50 percent of the Top 100 population has just a high school diploma or less, that figure is a substantially lower 38 percent in Silicon Valley.

Population

Silicon Valley, with a current population of 2.4 million, has significantly lagged the Top 100 in terms of its population growth between 1992 and 2002. Silicon Valley, with an average annual growth rate of 0.8 percent, also grew more slowly than the San Francisco CMSA as a whole. While Silicon Valley briefly exceeded the Top 100’s population growth rate during 1996 and 1997, it has since significantly lagged the Top 100 and indeed saw a decline in population in 2002.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   8   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

SILICON VALLEY REGIONAL ANALYSIS

POPULATION GROWTH BY YEAR
Silicon Valley vs. Top 100
1990 – 2007

(POPULATION GROWTH BY YEAR BAR CHART)

Source: Economy.com, Cushman & Wakefield Analytics

     
NOTE:   In this Exhibit and all subsequent time-series graphs, the shaded bars indicate the periods of a U.S. economic recession

Population growth is forecast to be negative once again in 2003, and thereafter to under-perform substantially the Top 100 over the forecast period. Between 2002 to 2007, Silicon Valley’s average population growth rate, at 0.2 percent annually, is expected to be dwarfed by that of both the Top 100 and the CMSA (both 1.1 percent).

ANNUALIZED POPULATION GROWTH BY COUNTY
Silicon Valley vs. San Francisco CMSA Counties
1990 – 2007

                                               
                          Forecast   Annual Growth
Population (000s)   1992   2002   2007   92-02   02-07

 
 
 
 
 
Top 100 Metro Areas
    160,017.2       181,966.9       191,733.8       1.3 %     1.1 %
 
San Francisco CMSA
    6,449.8       7,126.5       7,398.0       1.0 %     0.8 %
     
Marin County
    235.8       247.6       263.1       0.5 %     1.2 %
     
San Francisco County
    734.9       764.0       789.2       0.4 %     0.6 %
   
Silicon Valley Region
    2,194.8       2,386.7       2,414.5       0.8 %     0.2 %
     
San Mateo County
    662.9       703.2       691.7       0.6 %     -0.3 %
     
Santa Clara County
    1,531.9       1,683.5       1,722.8       0.9 %     0.5 %
     
Alameda County
    1,332.2       1,472.3       1,490.2       1.0 %     0.2 %
     
Contra Costa County
    839.8       992.4       1,070.3       1.7 %     1.5 %
     
Santa Cruz County
    232.9       253.8       266.1       0.9 %     0.9 %
     
Napa County
    114.3       130.3       143.1       1.3 %     1.9 %
     
Solano County
    359.9       411.1       452.1       1.3 %     1.9 %
     
Sonoma County
    405.2       468.4       509.4       1.5 %     1.7 %

Source: Economy.com, Cushman & Wakefield Analytics

         
VALUATION SERVICES   9   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

SILICON VALLEY REGIONAL ANALYSIS

Silicon Valley’s largest population clusters are along the west shore of San Francisco Bay and east of Interstate 280 within San Mateo County, in the communities of Daly City, Foster City and San Mateo. Within Santa Clara County, Mountain, Sunnyvale, Cupertino, San Jose and Milpitas have the greatest population density. The lowest population concentrations are along the coastal ranges of San Mateo County and the hills to the east of Santa Clara County.

POPULATION PER SQUARE MILE BY ZIP CODE
Silicon Valley
2002

(POPULATION PER SQUARE MILE BY ZIP CODE MAP)

Source: Claritas, Inc., Cushman & Wakefield Analytics

Households

As Silicon Valley’s population growth has trailed the Top 100, likewise its household formation rate has significantly lagged the Top 100 over the past 10 years. Between 1992 and 2002, growth in Silicon Valley’s number of households averaged 0.6 percent annually, somewhat below the CMSA’s 0.9 percent annual growth rate and well below the Top 100 growth rate of 1.3 percent annually. Household growth was negative in 2002 as out-migration from Silicon Valley increased.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   10   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

SILICON VALLEY REGIONAL ANALYSIS

Worsening net out-migration is an indicator of an economy not yet in recovery. Migration originally turned negative in 1999 when the economy was still strong, but a lack of housing affordability drove many out of Silicon Valley. Then, as job losses mounted, out-migration accelerated. The magnitude of net out-migration is indicative of the depth of Silicon Valley’s recession. Until the jobless rate begins to subside and narrow the gap with other western metro areas, out-migration will continue at a rapid clip.

Growth in household formations for Silicon Valley between 2002 and 2007 is forecast at a meager 0.5 percent – above its population growth rate, but significantly less than the projected rate of 1.1 percent for the CMSA and 1.3 percent for the Top 100.

HOUSEHOLD GROWTH BY YEAR
Silicon Valley vs. Top 100
1990 – 2007

(HOUSEHOLD GROWTH BY YEAR BAR CHART)

Source: Economy.com, Cushman & Wakefield Analytics

Income

In 2002, the median household income in Silicon Valley was $92,100. This figure is a staggering 68 and 94 percent higher than the respective median incomes for the Top 100 and the U.S., respectively. Between 1992 and 2002, Silicon Valley’s 4.5 percent average annual growth in median household income far exceeded the Top 100 average annual growth of 3.7 percent. Broken down by county, Santa Clara County’s average annual growth rate was 4.2 percent, and the average annual growth in median household income for San Mateo County was an even stronger strong 5.3 percent.

Through 2007, median household income growth in Silicon Valley is expected to slow considerably to 2.7 percent, with San Mateo County forecast for 3.4 percent and Santa Clara County expected to average annual increases of just 2.3 percent. By comparison, the median household income for the Top 100 is forecast to average roughly 2.7 percent annual growth.

Silicon Valley remains the most affluent region in the Bay Area. The highest income households are generally located to the south and west of Interstate 280 and south and east of Interstate 680. No ZIP code areas in Silicon Valley have a median household income of less than $50,000, and there are but a few in the $50,000 to $75,000 income cohort, with those predominantly located in north, central and east San Jose.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   11   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

SILICON VALLEY REGIONAL ANALYSIS

MEDIAN HOUSEHOLD INCOME DISTRIBUTION BY ZIP CODE
Silicon Valley
2002

(MEDIAN HOUSEHOLD INCOME DISTRIBUTION BY ZIP CODE MAP)

Source: Claritas, Inc., Cushman & Wakefield Analytics

Regional Economic Overview

Silicon Valley remains in recession. Employment continues to fall and the jobless rate hit a record high in January 2003. Employment in the critical electronics manufacturing and information services industries continues to fall, with continued negative spillover effects on professional and business services. Construction activity is also beginning to falter. Average real wages among Silicon Valley’s manufacturers have fallen for over one year, as has the average workweek. House prices are falling once again and housing inventories on the market are rising.

Silicon Valley’s workforce continues to shrink. It has fallen by over 11 percent from its peak in late 2000, an extraordinary loss of 152,000 jobs. The downturn has been so severe that it generated the first annual decline in population since World War II. The economy’s rise was so fast and the downturn so sharp that given a projected steady growth rate beginning in 2004, it will be more than a decade before the previous peak is reached again.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   12   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

SILICON VALLEY REGIONAL ANALYSIS

Improving indicators remain elusive, but retailers are no longer paring staff, indicating some stability in personal income and consumer spending. Similarly, employment in financial services is no longer declining. Also, leisure and hospitality industry payrolls have remained level for the past year, a good indicator of stable business travel to the area. Indeed, the local hotel industry is considering ways to help fund an expansion of San Jose’s downtown convention center. Thus, the worst of the multiplier effects of the tech downturn may be diminishing. Yet hiring in healthcare has gone flat, which was one of the few industries that had expanded over the past two years.

While Silicon Valley’s economic turnaround is clearly not evident yet, some sources of growth are emerging. Biotechnology, for example, has one of the more positive outlooks for the San Mateo County economy. Indicative of the outlook is a doubling of Genentech’s stock price, with most of the gain following FDA approvals of several of their experimental drugs. More importantly, however, are a number of IPOs announced or venture capital placements made with several Bay Area biotech firms. They include a stock offering by Exelixis in South San Francisco worth an estimated $95 million, and a $100 million private placement with CV Therapeutics in the San Jose metro area. The industry is historically volatile, going through periods of funding drought and excess, and through periods of successful drug approvals. Indicative of this volatility is the closing of Millennium Pharmaceuticals’s South San Francisco operation, where 210 were employed, to concentrate its operations in Massachusetts.

Venture funding is not limited solely to biotech, however, as Visto Corporation, a maker of mobile email software located in Redwood City, garnered over $50 million in venture funding in first quarter 2003. But this has not stanched the employment cutbacks in computer and electronic manufacturing in the valley. Information services employment, however, has nearly leveled off.

The need to replace an aging stock of computers and electronic equipment generates some optimism that Silicon Valley’s tech industries will see moderate growth next year. Already, consumer spending on electronic equipment fueled a rise in new orders for semiconductors late last year. The trend is far from solid, however, as global chip sales fell in three of the four months ending in March 2003, resulting in lackluster orders for the fabrication equipment made or designed in Silicon Valley. Furthermore, private research and development spending among local tech firms has been cut this year, as cost savings become critical to the bottom line.

Software and tech services will likely lead Silicon Valley’s rebound. Current examples include the remake of Hewlett-Packard into a service-based firm, the non-stop expansion of Internet-retailer eBay, and the potential move into online entertainment by Apple Computer. But Silicon Valley’s true growth driver, technology innovation, will be slow to turn around until venture capital placement halts the slide that continued through first quarter 2003. One possible new generator of local innovation, however, may be research dollars from the defense and homeland security departments.

Silicon Valley’s near-term outlook remains weak with no substantial turnaround in employment until well into 2004. Office and industrial property markets, thus, will also remain weak for another year at least. Further risk to residential property markets is also possible as sales prices are faltering again, and supply currently exceeds demand. Rising interest rates can be expected to add further downside pressure.

Longer term, the economy is not expected to expand at a rate above the Top 100 average until 2005. This makes Silicon Valley an underperforming region until it is able to pull out of its current slump towards the latter part of the decade.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   13   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

SILICON VALLEY REGIONAL ANALYSIS

Silicon Valley will continue to be a volatile economy, driven by cycles of innovation and investment. Longer-term, Silicon Valley will benefit from its extremely well educated workforce, the basic research undertaken at its universities and corporate labs, and its still deep sources of investment capital.

Gross Product

Silicon Valley enjoyed a 10-year period of astounding 8.7 percent average annual growth in its gross product, compared to 3.8 percent for the Top 100, with phenomenal peaks in 1999 and 2000 of 18.6 and 25.9 percent, respectively. During 2002, Silicon Valley’s real gross product experienced negative 2.3 percent growth, and the region’s growth in gross product is anticipated to be zero during 2003. Over the five-year forecast period of 2002 to 2007, gross product is expected to grow at a 3.4 percent annual rate, exceeding somewhat the forecasted Top 100 rate of 3.0 percent.

REAL GROSS PRODUCT GROWTH BY YEAR
Silicon Valley vs. Top 100
1990 – 2007

(REAL GROSS PRODUCT GROWTH BY YEAR BAR CHART)

Source: Economy.com, Cushman & Wakefield Analytics

Employment Trends

Silicon Valley’s employment base is far less diversified than the U.S. overall. High-tech employment accounts for nearly one-fourth of all employment within Silicon Valley, compared to about four percent across the Top 100. The Valley is significantly more concentrated in Manufacturing (18 versus 10 percent) and Professional and Business Services (19 versus 14 percent) than the Top 100. Both of those sectors locally have substantial high-tech components.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   14   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

SILICON VALLEY REGIONAL ANALYSIS

EMPLOYMENT BY SECTOR
Silicon Valley vs. Top 100
2002

(EMPLOYMENT BY SECTOR BAR CHART)

Source: Economy.com, Cushman & Wakefield Analytics

Compared to the Top 100, Silicon Valley is relatively less weighted in the sectors of Government (10 versus 15 percent), Finance, Insurance and Real Estate (five versus seven percent) and Trade, Transportation and Utilities (17 versus 20 percent). Over the past year, the only sectors to see employment growth has been Education and Health Services, and Government, which increased by 3.8 percent and 3.0 percent, respectively. Information, Professional and Business Services, and Manufacturing all saw double-digit declines in employment over the course of 2002.

Among the San Francisco CMSA’s counties, Silicon Valley has by far the largest share of total employment (37 percent) and realized the greatest increase in total employment between 1992 and 2002 of over 173,000 jobs (edging out the Oakland PMSA’s 172,000 jobs). Silicon Valley is also expected to capture the largest share of new job creations between 2002 and 2007 of 54,000 jobs, followed the Oakland PMSA with 53,000 jobs.

TOTAL EMPLOYMENT BY COUNTY
San Francisco CMSA
2002

(TOTAL EMPLOYMENT BY COUNTY PIE CHART)

Source: Economy.com, Cushman & Wakefield Analytics

         
VALUATION SERVICES   15   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

SILICON VALLEY REGIONAL ANALYSIS

Between 1992 and 2002, Silicon Valley’s total employment increased at a 1.5 percent average annual rate, significantly below the Top 100 rate of 1.9 percent. More recently, total employment has turned negative. Total employment is not forecast to recover to its pre- recession level until the next decade. Beginning in 2005, Silicon Valley employment growth is forecast to grow at 2.0 percent annually through 2007, on par with the Top 100.

TOTAL EMPLOYMENT GROWTH AND UNEMPLOYMENT RATE BY YEAR
Silicon Valley vs. Top 100
1990 – 2007

(TOTAL EMPLOYMENT GROWTH AND UNEMPLOYMENT RATE BY YEAR BAR CHART)

Source: Economy.com, Cushman & Wakefield Analytics

Over most of the past decade, Silicon Valley’s unemployment rate had been substantially lower than that across the Top 100. However, with the 2001 economic recession and the corresponding loss of many of the region’s jobs, Silicon Valley’s unemployment rate has lost its advantage over the Top 100. The jobless rate jumped from its low point of 1.9 percent in 2000 to 7.5 percent in 2002. The unemployment rate is projected to peak at 7.8 percent during 2003 and then recede to 5.7 percent by 2007 – by which time the Top 100 unemployment rate is expected to decline to 5.0 percent.

Silicon Valley is home to 12 of the 2002 Fortune 500 corporations: Hewlett-Packard Company (ranked 14), Intel (58), Cisco Systems (95), Solectron Corporation (158), Sun Microsystems Inc. (155), Oracle Corporation (190), Agilent Technologies Inc. (292), Calpine Corporation (246), Applied Materials Inc. (327), Apple Computer Inc. (300), CNF Inc. (347), and Maxtor Corporation (421). Following is a table of Silicon Valley’s largest non-government employers.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   16   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

SILICON VALLEY REGIONAL ANALYSIS

TOP NON-GOVERNMENT EMPLOYERS
Silicon Valley
2002

         
    Number of MSA
Employer   Employees

 
United Airlines
    17,700  
Cisco Systems
    13,000  
Hewlett-Packard Company/Agilent
    10,000  
Stanford University
    10,000  
Kaiser Permanente
    9,100  
Oracle Corporation
    7,400  
Intel Corporation
    7,000  
Lockheed Martin Missiles & Space
    6,700  
Applied Materials, Inc.
    6,200  
Solectron Corporation
    6,000  
Sanmina
    6,000  
A T & T
    5,200  
UCSF Stanford Health Care
    4,200  
Genentech
    3,700  
Apple Computer, Inc.
    3,000  
3Com Corporation
    3,000  
Advanced Micro Devices
    2,900  
Raychem Corporation
    2,900  
Visa USA/International
    2,700  
Mills Peninsula Health Services
    2,500  

Source: Economy.com, Cushman & Wakefield Analytics

In the early 1990s, Silicon Valley and San Francisco had roughly the same number of office workers – roughly 200,000 each. As of year-end 2002, while San Francisco still had 195,000, Silicon Valley had nearly 330,000. Between 1992 and 2002, Silicon Valley’s office-using employment grew at an average annual rate of 4.0 percent, while San Francisco averaged only 0.2 percent. By comparison, office-using employment for the Top 100 grew at a 2.7 percent rate. Silicon Valley’s surge in office-using employment that took place during the 1990s has ended, however, Recently, Silicon Valley has seen two consecutive years of declining office-using employment, including a staggering 11.6 percent decrease during 2002.

Office-using employment is expected to drop another 2.7 percent during 2003, before reversing the negative trend between 2004 and 2007. Over the forecast period, office-using employment is forecast to rise at an annual 2.3 percent rate through 2007 – outperforming the CMSA’s 1.9 percent growth rate and slightly outpacing the 2.1 percent rate of the Top 100.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   17   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

SILICON VALLEY REGIONAL ANALYSIS

TOTAL OFFICE-USING EMPLOYMENT GROWTH BY YEAR
Silicon Valley vs. Top 100
1990 – 2007

(TOTAL OFFICE-USING EMPLOYMENT GROWTH BY YEAR BAR CHART)

Source: Economy.com, Cushman & Wakefield Analytics

The South Bay’s largest concentrations of office-using employment are located in the cities of San Jose, Milpitas, Santa Clara, Sunnyvale, Cupertino, Mountain View and Palo Alto. Moving up the Peninsula, the largest concentrations office-using employees in San Mateo County are found in Redwood Shores, Menlo Park, Redwood City, Foster City and San Mateo.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   18   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

SILICON VALLEY REGIONAL ANALYSIS

OFFICE-USING EMPLOYMENT PER SQUARE MILE BY ZIP CODE
Silicon Valley
2002

(OFFICE-USING EMPLOYMENT PER SQUARE MILE BY ZIP CODE MAP)

Source: Claritas, Inc., Cushman & Wakefield Analytics

Transportation Network

As in much of the rest of the Bay Area, Silicon Valley freeways are a challenge during commute hours. Interstates 280, 680, 880, U.S. 101, Highways 85, 87 and 92 are the primary freeways serving Silicon Valley. Also, a number of expressways criss-cross Santa Clara County. From the East Bay, the San Mateo Bridge (Highway 92) feeds commuters into San Mateo County and the Dumbarton Bridge feeds commuters into northern Santa Clara County.

Silicon Valley’s public transportation system consists of commuter trains, buses and light rail. The rails for the CalTrain commuter train extend 77 miles from Gilroy in southern Santa Clara County to the South of Market district in San Francisco. CalTrain has an average daily ridership of over 31,000.

The Santa Clara Valley Transportation Authority’s (VTA) light rail system has two lines – an east-west line extending from Downtown Mountain View to Milpitas at Interstate 880, and a north-south line from Baypoint near Highway 237 to south San Jose’s Santa Teresa District. Weekday ridership averages 30,000. San Mateo County has no light rail system.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   19   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

SILICON VALLEY REGIONAL ANALYSIS

Separate bus systems run in each county – Santa Clara County’s run by VTA and San Mateo County’s run by SamTrans. VTA average weekday bus boardings are approximately 145,000. SamTrans, serving a significantly smaller population, averages 58,000 weekday boardings.

The Bay Area Rapid Transit System (BART), a high-speed rail system serving predominantly Alameda and Contra Costa County commuters heading into San Francisco, has recently extended into northern San Mateo County and to San Francisco International Airport. BART is also planning expansion into Santa Clara County from Fremont in Alameda County.

Located within the geography of San Mateo County, San Francisco International Airport (SFO), which opened its new International Terminal in 2000, was the 19th busiest airport in the world for the year 2002 with 31.4 million arrivals and departures. SFO is negotiating to add runways to fuel future growth, but the plan is stalled due to environmental concerns of adding more landfill to San Francisco Bay.

San Jose International Airport (SJC) handled 11.7 million passengers during fiscal 2002 through its existing 31 gates. SJC has won approval for a 40-gate expansion that is expected to greatly improve air transport in and out of Silicon Valley.

Quality of Life/Amenities

Major Attractions and Amenities

Silicon Valley is an area with many unique characteristics. Its topographic features include valleys, mountains, ocean, bay, and lakes. It also has a wide variety of development ranging from urban high-rise, suburban mid-rise, industrial, residential, and agricultural land to natural and undeveloped open space.

A variety of venues include San Jose’s Tech Museum, the Winchester Mystery House, and the Rosicrucian Egyptian Museum. Paramount’s Great America is a prominent theme park in Santa Clara. Santa Cruz Beach & Boardwalk is about an hour away. The valley’s warm summers make San Jose’s Raging Waters, the Bay Area’s largest water theme park, a very popular destination.

Perhaps one of the valley’s best amenities is its proximity to San Francisco. The Wine Country in Napa and Sonoma Counties are also only about a two-hour drive from the south bay. Monterey, Carmel and Big Sur are about an hour drive, and Lake Tahoe and Yosemite National Park are roughly four hours from Silicon Valley.

Silicon Valley is home to the San Jose Sharks professional hockey team. In addition, Santa Clara County is often mentioned when the Oakland A’s start talking about moving the baseball team. The headquarters and practice facilities for the San Francisco 49ers are located in the city of Santa Clara.

Education

The San Francisco Bay Area is home to numerous institutions of higher learning. The large number of world-class educational and research facilities – more than 35 colleges and universities – positively impacts the entire Bay Area economy. Silicon Valley’s most prestigious university is Stanford University in Palo Alto, but the region is also well served by San Jose State, College of San Mateo, Santa Clara University, University of California Santa Cruz and University of California Berkeley.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   20   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

SILICON VALLEY REGIONAL ANALYSIS

MAJOR COLLEGES/UNIVERSITIES
Silicon Valley
2001

         
    Full/Part Time
College/University   Enrollment

 
San Jose State University
    50,400  
Mission College
    17,300  
DeAnza College
    15,100  
Stanford University
    14,200  
Evergreen Valley College
    12,200  
College of San Mateo
    11,900  

Source: San Francisco Business Times Book of Lists, Cushman & Wakefield Analytics

Medical Facilities

Silicon Valley has a comprehensive healthcare network. The area’s major healthcare facilities include the Stanford Medical Center, Santa Clara Valley Medical Center, Kaiser Permanente (3 hospitals), Regional Medical Center of San Jose, El Camino Hospital, Sequoia Hospital and VA Palo Alto.

Regional Summary

Silicon Valley’s near-term economic outlook remains dim. It is expected to limp along for another year before measurable improvement is seen. The local economy’s lack of diversity maintains its volatility and dependence upon capital investment. As long as corporate profits remain weak, business investment is expected to remain lackluster. Furthermore, technology exports, which are crucial to the region’s economic health, will be sluggish until the global economies show marked improvement.

Silicon Valley’s moderate climate and attractive quality-of-life factors, however, are expected to continue attracting top talent to the region – at least those who can afford its high cost of living and housing costs. Its first-class educational institutions will continue to seed the region with tech-savvy graduates. Silicon Valley still maintains the highest share of nationwide venture capital investments. Silicon Valley’s substantial biotechnology industry remains strong and has attracted venture capital in the wake of the dotcom bust. Research related to anti-bioterrorism may provide an additional boost to these firms.

Longer term, innovation and R&D are expected to revive the local economy and to bring its performance on par with that of the nation’s top 100 metropolitan areas. When the national and global economies eventually rebound, capital investment would likely surge, stimulating Silicon Valley’s tech manufacturing base. As computer software becomes more sophisticated, more powerful computers will be required to run the software, boosting investment in computers. Finally, defense and homeland security spending are expected to bolster R&D in the valley.

Silicon Valley is expected to underperform the Top 100. Given the region’s high cost of living and housing costs, its population growth and household formation rates are both expected to lag the Top 100. Furthermore, with the overall weakness in the local, national and global economies, employment growth is also expected to trail the Top 100. Indicative of Silicon Valley’s high productivity, however, the region’s growth in gross product is forecast to slightly exceed that of the Top 100 through 2007.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   21   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

LOCAL AREA MAP

(LOCAL AREA MAP)

         
VALUATION SERVICES   22   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

LOCAL AREA ANALYSIS

Location

The subject is located in the northwestern area of the City of Campbell, approximately one and one-half miles west of the downtown core. The boundaries of the local area are considered to be Campbell Avenue to the south, Hamilton Avenue to the west and north, and San Tomas Expressway to the east.

Access

The primary access routes serving the local area include Hamilton Avenue and San Tomas Expressway. Hamilton Avenue courses east and west through the district providing access to Highway 17 on its easterly course. San Tomas Expressway is major regional commuter route coursing north and south through the district providing access to employment centers located in the northerly areas of the County. Another major route serving the local area is Saratoga Avenue. This collector route courses north and south and provides the main access to Interstate 280. Overall, access to the local area is considered very good, including that to medical facilities for the elderly residents in the local area

Character

The local area is characterized primarily as a suburban residential district with a preponderance of single and multi-family residential uses. Portions of the local area are located within the San Jose City Limits. Development patterns in the district were influenced by the area’s proximity to shopping and transportation routes which provide direct access to employment centers situated throughout the County. As noted above, the majority of existing development located in the area is residential in nature with higher density residential uses found abutting the major streets in the area such as Hamilton Avenue and San Tomas Aquino Road. A major shopping district is located just outside the local area surrounding the intersection of Saratoga and Hamilton Avenues. Two regional shopping centers (Westgate Mall and El Paseo De Saratoga) are located at this intersection with smaller neighborhood and strip centers located on adjoining parcels.

The local area is considered to be in a mature stage of its life with the availability of a few remaining vacant sites providing for limited new development opportunities. The local area is considered to be approximately 98 percent developed at this time. The only remaining vacant sites are small (less than one acre) in-fill parcels. Most recent new developments in the area have taken the form of redevelopment of existing sites to higher uses.

Nearby and Adjacent Land Uses

     
West:   Single-family residence and San Tomas Aquino Road
North:   Latimer Avenue and Apartments
East:   Apartments and Condominiums
South:   Apartments and Condominiums
         
VALUATION SERVICES   23   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

LOCAL AREA ANALYSIS

Proximity to Health Care

The local area is located within three miles of three major health care facilities – Santa Clara County Medical Center, O’Connor Hospital and Good Samaritan Hospital. The travel time to these facilities is approximately 10 to 15 minutes from the subject.

Special Hazards or Adverse Influences

There are no hazards or adverse influences present in the local area which have a detrimental influence on properties.

Land Use Changes

We are not aware of, at this time, of any planned improvements or demolitions in the local area that would impact the subject.

Conclusion

The subject is located in an established area of Campbell adjacent to San Jose’s western boundary. The primary influence of the local area is residential oriented. The local area is in a mature stage of its life and there is limited land available for future development. Future development will likely consist of redevelopment of existing sites with commercial uses located along Hamilton Avenue, and residential on others. Services requisite to support a senior living complex such as the subject are within close proximity. After reviewing the local area data, a positive effect on real estate values in the local area is anticipated for the foreseeable future. This positive effect also extends to the subject property.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   24   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

SENIOR LIVING INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

Independent Living

Congregate care or independent living units are designed for seniors who pay for some congregate services (i.e. housekeeping, transportation, meals, etc.) as part of the monthly fee or rental rate, and who require little, if any, assistance with activities of daily living. Residents of congregate/independent living units may have some health care-type services provided to them by in-house staff or an outside agency. Congregate units may be part of a congregate residence, a property that provides congregate and assisted living services, or a continuing care retirement community.

The retirement housing industry overall has matured considerably over the past two decades as the elderly population has increased and seniors have come to accept and seek alternatives to remaining in their homes. Retirement housing has expanded beyond the early dominance of life care and continuing care retirement communities (CCRCs). These communities, which typically included independent living and nursing care on a single campus, typically charged residents an entrance fee and a monthly fee. Rental retirement communities represented a major area of growth in the 1980s, fueled in part by the Department of Housing and Urban Development’s 221(d)(4) Retirement Service Center mortgage insurance program. Although the program no longer exists, the rental model is still a popular option for newly developed retirement communities. In addition, a small but definite increase in the number of cooperatives and condominiums has taken place, particularly among communities targeting a more affluent segment of the elderly population.

The retirement community of today is a smaller complex consisting of 100 to 200 independent living units versus the 200 to 300 independent living units that characterized the early CCRCs. In some cases, the communities are being developed in stages to avoid some of the up front risk associated with initial lease-up and to allow the facility to be more responsive to the market needs and preferences.

The rental retirement communities of the early 1980s typically offered no nursing care or assistance with daily living. These facilities were designed to provide hospitality services such as meals, housekeeping, transportation, and activities. These facilities met with slow lease-up rates and exceedingly high turnover due to their inability to meet changing resident needs.

Independent living communities, particularly rental communities, are least heavily monitored and governed by state regulations. In some states, this has resulted in a fair degree of flexibility in providing additional services.

It has become quite clear over the past ten years that the retirement communities are attracting an older and somewhat frailer population than originally anticipated. The average age of entrance into independent living units is between the late 70’s and early 80’s, rather than the late 60’s and early 70’s originally anticipated. As a result of the change in resident profile as well as the experience gained in the 1980s, it is clear that some form of health care or supportive services for the frail elderly is a necessary component of a retirement community.

Assisted Living

The emergence of assisted living as an option in the long-term care continuum for elders in the 1990’s represented the convergence of social, political, economic and treatment trends. Prior to this, most dependent seniors had only two long-term care options: be cared for by a family member or enter a nursing home. Today, as the number of elders and their frailty increases, these options have proven inadequate for seniors, their families and society. For many elderly, nursing homes are overly intensive and expensive. Therefore, for the segment of seniors with moderate to intermediate care needs, assisted living has become a favored form of long-term care.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   25   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

SENIOR LIVING INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

The Assisted Living Facilities Association of America (ALFAA) defines assisted living as a special combination of housing, personalized supportive services and health care designed to respond to the individual needs of those who require help in activities of daily living, but do not need the skilled medical care provided in a nursing home. Assisted living care promotes the maximum independence of dignity for each resident and encourages the involvement of a resident’s family, neighbors and friends.

Although industry proponents are clear as to the general characteristics and philosophy of an assisted living community, there is no national agreement on the details and legal definition of assisted living. As the assisted living industry becomes increasingly standardized, and as the industry expands, it can expect to acquire a defined legal status with respect to licensure, reimbursement and financing.

Some states have enacted laws using the term assisted living, however, in most jurisdictions licensure statutes combine a variety of terms and programs. In referring to residential housing and services, most state licensing laws use terms such as: rest homes, homes for the aged, supportive living facilities, residential care facilities, board and care homes, elderly group homes, congregate care housing and senior housing.

Assisted living programs are located in a variety of environments. They may be housed in newly constructed freestanding facilities, retrofitted buildings such as former hotels, units attached to nursing homes, senior apartments with services, units within CCRC developments and congregate care units. Whatever the environment, there must be private, or at a minimum companion suite residential living space.

Typically, a resident will have a compact studio or efficiency apartment. Living space will almost always include a private bathroom. The living space may or may not include a kitchen or kitchenette, washer and dryer, a living room or storage space. Economics generally dictate the size of the private living space, which can range from a small one-room efficiency of less than 300 square feet to a large one-bedroom apartment of 750 square feet.

Assisted living residences also provide for a considerable amount of common space for the residents to share. Newer assisted living facilities generally allocate from 30 percent to 40 percent of all gross square footage of the building to common area. Such space includes dining rooms, libraries, lounges, activity centers, kitchens and laundry rooms. The size of an assisted living facility depends on many variables including market forces and site constraints. Most newer freestanding facilities typically fall into the range of 40 to 80 units.

The level of service in assisted living facilities varies. However, within a broad range, there are certain basic services offered:

  24-hour a day on-site supervision or access to an emergency call system;
 
  Two or three meals and regular snacks are available;
 
  Light housekeeping and laundry services are available;
 
  Residents are entitled to some level of personal care each day from the facility staff;
 
  A personalized health care plan delineates how health care needs may be addressed; and;
 
  Activity, social service and transportation resources are made available.

Because it is a goal of assisted living to enable residents to age- in- place, the level of personal care, food services or health care may be adjusted upwards as needed. However, arranging services to allow aging- in- place can be difficult if residents need increasing amounts of nursing care and the states limit or prohibit skilled nursing care in assisted living facilities. With this in

         
VALUATION SERVICES   26   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

SENIOR LIVING INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

mind, it should be noted that there is a growing trend by states to extend the scope of assisted living services far into the long-term care continuum.

The typical resident of assisted living is 83 years old, is a woman and is single or widowed. Today’s assisted living residents have care needs and characteristics that were associated with residents in intermediate care facility nursing homes in the 1970’s and 1980’s. Senior care needs are gauged by the extent to which an individual requires regular assistance with ongoing activities of daily living (ADLs) such as bathing, eating, walking, toileting and dressing. In order to determine that there is an ADL dependency, a clinician must determine that an individual cannot safely or routinely perform a specific activity unless he or she has help. Unless such help is provided, the individual is at risk of not meeting an essential daily need.

While the number of ADLs with which a person needs help is used clinically as a measure of dependency, having such dependency does not mean that medical care is required. In assisted living facilities, residents generally have at least one ADL dependency, and it is not uncommon that they have as many as three or four.

Assisted living fees are typically structured around a fixed monthly amount that covers both housing and services. The monthly amount generally includes a base level of personal care with additional personal care charged separately. There also may be entrance fees, typically equivalent to the first and last month’s rent. Assisted living facilities do not require the large endowment type entrance fees required in some CCRCs.

Occupancy Patterns

Occupancy data compiled by the American Seniors Housing Association for the various senior housing community types (congregate, assisted and CCRCs) has been summarized in the following table.

                                                                 
Median Occupancy Rates
For Profit Senior Housing Facilities
 
Property Type   1995   1996   1997   1998   1999   2000   2001   2002

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Independent
    95.0 %     98.0 %     96.0 %     98.0 %     95.0 %     95.0 %     94.5 %     93.1 %
Assisted Living
    97.0 %     95.0 %     95.0 %     92.0 %     94.0 %     90.0 %     93.8 %     94.2 %
CCRCs
    95.0 %     95.0 %     94.0 %     95.0 %     93.2 %     93.2 %     93.1 %     92.4 %
All Communities
    95.0 %     96.0 %     95.0 %     95.0 %     93.7 %     93.7 %     94.0 %     93.5 %

Source: American Seniors Housing Association

As seen, assisted living facilities in 2002 exhibited the highest occupancy rate of any of the property types. This was in contrast to the other property types that saw median occupancy rates decline slightly over 2001.

The average length of stay in a senior facility also varies as to the property type. In the following table is average length of stay data compiled by the American Seniors Housing Association.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   27   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

SENIOR LIVING INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

                                           
Average Resident Length of Stay
(Stated In Months)
 
Property Type   1998   1999   2000   2001   2002

 
 
 
 
 
Independent
    45.5       43.4       38.1       43.1       33.4  
Assisted Living
    24.8       18.5       20.5       28.0       17.7  
All CCRCs
                                       
 
Independent
    61.0       45.4       59.8       37.3       37.0  
 
Assisted Living
    16.0       18.2       16.8       12.8       12.0  
 
Nursing
    20.0       23.2       18.6       9.0       9.0  

Source: American Seniors Housing Association

As shown, the average length of stay in an assisted living facility in 2002 was 17.7 months and which reflected a notable decline over the length of stay average for 2001. Both assisted and independent living facilities showed declines, while CCRCs maintained generally similar occupancies over 2001. Much of the reasoning for the decline is from increased lateral movement of residents between existing facilities caused by such factors as facility operations (management, staffing, etc.), as well as foreclosures and closings of poorly operated facilities.

Absorption Trends

Net absorption data compiled by the American Seniors Housing Association (ASHA) for senior housing facilities is summarized in the following table.

                                         
2001 National Average Net Absorption Rates
Senior Housing Facilities
 
    1st   Months   Months   2nd   3rd
Property Type   Month   2 - 6   7 - 12   Year   Year

 
 
 
 
 
Independent
    25.5       6.7       3.7       2.8       2.9  
Assisted Living
    11.7       5.2       2.9       2.2       5.3  
CCRCs
    37.4       18.9       9.0       5.5       4.1  
All Communities
    28.4       10.3       5.2       3.5       4.1  

Figures based on number of residents

Source: American Seniors Housing Association

         
VALUATION SERVICES   28   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

SENIOR LIVING INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

As seen, initial absorption of new residents for all facility types is strong in the first month, then it tapers off during the following months.

California Assisted Living Environment

The California Department of Social Services, Community Care Licensing Division, is the State Agency responsible for approving, monitoring and regulating residential care facilities for the elderly, which provide temporary or long-term, 24-hour non-medical residential care services to the elderly, who are substantially unable to live independently. Resident dependence may be the result of physical or other limitations associated with age, physical or mental disabilities or other factors.

Residential facilities are group living facilities with shared bedrooms for the residents. Services provided typically include three meals daily, recreation, housekeeping, security and personal services. Personal services in general include assistance with bathing and dressing and dispensing of medications.

Regulation of residential care facilities in California is documented by the State Department of Social Services (“Department”), contained in Residential Care Facilities for the Elderly, Title 22, Division 6, Chapter 8. Included in these regulations are application procedures, license requirements, enforcement provisions, continuing requirements, physical environment and health related services. Unless a facility is exempt from licensure as specified in regulatory Section 80007, no adult, firm, partnership, association, corporation, county, city, public agency or other government entity shall operate, establish, manage, conduct or maintain a community care facility without first obtaining a valid license.

General Requirements

The following is an outline of the basic requirements for residential care facilities in the State of California:

Admission

Prior to accepting a resident for care, the facility shall conduct an interview with the applicant and responsible person, perform a pre-admission appraisal, and evaluate a recent medical assessment. The licensee is to complete and maintain individual written admission agreements with all persons admitted to the facility or their designated representatives. The agreement shall specify basic services to be made available, payment provisions, modification conditions, refund conditions, general facility policies, and that the Department or licensing agency has the authority to examine residents’ records. The agreement must also specify conditions under which the agreement may be terminated.

Medical Assessment

Prior to a person’s acceptance as a resident, the licensee shall obtain and keep on file, documentation of a medical assessment, signed by a physician, made within the last year. The medical assessment shall include a physical examination of the resident, documentation of prior medical services and history, and a current medical status. There should be a record of current prescribed medications, identification of physical limitations of the person, and a determination of the person’s ambulatory status. The licensee shall obtain an updated medical assessment when required by the Department.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   29   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

SENIOR LIVING INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

Resident Records

A separate record shall be maintained for each resident. The record shall be current and complete and be generally accessible. A current register of all residents in the facility shall be maintained and also kept in a central location.

Personal Rights

Each person shall have personal rights, which include but are not limited to:

  To be accorded dignity in his/her personal relationships with staff, residents, and other persons.
 
  To be accorded safe, healthful and comfortable accommodations, furnishings and equipment.
 
  To be free from corporal or unusual punishment, humiliation, intimidation, mental abuse or other actions of a punitive nature which interfere with daily living functions.
 
  To leave or depart the facility at any time and to not be locked in any room, building, or on the premises by day or night.
 
  All persons accepted to facilities or their responsible persons, shall be personally advised and given a copy of these rights at admissions.

Incidental Medical and Dental Care

Each facility shall have a plan for incidental medical and dental care. The plan shall encourage routine medical and dental care and provide for assistance in obtaining such care by compliance with the following:

  The licensee shall arrange, or assist in arranging, for medical and dental care appropriate to the condition and needs of the residents.
 
  The licensee shall provide assistance in meeting necessary medical and dental needs. This includes transportation to the nearest available medical or dental facility.
 
  There shall be arrangements for separation and care of residents whose illness requires separation from others.
 
  When residents require prosthetic devices, vision and hearing aids, the staff shall be familiar with the use of these devices, and shall assist the resident with the utilization of them.
 
  The licensee shall provide for assisting residents with self-administered medications as needed.
 
  There shall be adequate privacy for first aid treatment of minor injuries and for examination by a physician if necessary.
 
  If the facility has no medical unit, a complete first aid kit shall be maintained and readily available.

Food Service

Meals on the premises shall be served in one or more dining rooms or similar areas in which the furniture, fixtures and equipment necessary for meal service are provided. Such dining areas shall be located near the kitchen so that food may be served quickly and easily. The dining rooms are to be attractive to promote socialization among the diners. Tray service shall be provided in case of temporary need.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   30   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

SENIOR LIVING INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

In facilities with 50 or more residents, providing three meals a day, a full-time employee qualified by formal training or experience shall be responsible for the operation of the food service. If this person is not a dietician, then a provision should be made for regular consultation. The food should be of a good quality.

Personal Accommodations and Services

The facility shall be safe, clean, sanitary and in good repair at all times for the safety and well being of clients, employees and visitors. The facility should be large enough to provide comfortable living accommodations and privacy for the residents, staff and others. There should be common rooms such as living rooms, dining rooms, dens or other activity rooms. Bedrooms shall sleep no more than two clients and be large enough to allow for easy passage and comfortable use of any required client assistance devices. Bedrooms are not to be used as passageways and no room for any other use can double as a bedroom.

Equipment and supplies necessary for personal care and maintenance of adequate hygiene practice shall be readily available to each resident.

Each client is to be provided with a bed in good repair, a chair, a nightstand, a lamp for reading, and adequate closets and drawer space. Clean linen and towels in good repair are to be provided weekly at a minimum, and more often if necessary. Toilets and bathrooms are to be located near the client’s bedrooms. There is to be at least one toilet and sink for each six persons, and at least one tub or shower for each ten persons, with adequate privacy.

A comfortable temperature must be maintained at all times. All windows are to be in good repair and free of insects, dirt and other debris. There should be adequate lighting throughout the facility for the safety and comfort of all persons in the facility.

Personal Services

Licensees shall provide necessary personal assistance and care with activities of daily living including, but not limited to dressing, eating, and bathing.

Activities

The licensee shall ensure that planned recreational activities are provided for the client. These activities include physical activities such as games, sports and exercise, as well as group interaction.

Evaluation Visits

Every licensed community care facility is periodically inspected and evaluated for quality of care. Evaluations are to be conducted at least once a year to ensure the quality of care. The Department shall notify the facility in writing of all deficiencies and shall set a reasonable timeframe for compliance by the facility. Upon a finding of noncompliance, the Department may levy a civil penalty not to exceed $50 per day for each day until the Department finds the facility in compliance. If the facility fails to comply in the allotted time, then the amount collected shall be forfeited to the Department. Reports shall be kept on file in the Department and open to public inspection. A follow up visit is required to determine if the deficiency has been corrected.

Corrective action is taken by the Department when a licensee fails to protect the health, safety and personal rights of individuals in its care, or is unwilling or unable to maintain substantial compliance with licensing regulations.

Enforcement is maintained through:

1.   Fines and civil penalties (vary according to the violation)
 
2.   Non-compliance office conferences

         
VALUATION SERVICES   31   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

SENIOR LIVING INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

3.   Administrative legal actions as follows:

    Denial of applications
 
    Compliance plans
 
    Probationary license
 
    Temporary suspension of license
 
    Revocation of license
 
    License and employee exclusions

The Department may suspend or revoke any license on any of the following grounds stipulated in Health and Safety Code Sections 1569.1515(c) and 1569.50:

    The Department may revoke the license of any corporate licensee that has a member of the board of directors, the executive director or an officer who is not eligible for licensure pursuant to regulations.
 
    Violations of the specifics rules and regulations.
 
    Aiding, abetting or permitting the violation of the rules and regulations.
 
    Conduct which is inimical to the health, morals or safety of either an individual in or receiving services from the facility or the people of the State of California.
 
    The conviction of a licensee, or individuals in contact with residents at any time before or during licensure, of a crime as defined in the regulations.
 
    Engaging in acts of financial malfeasance concerning the operation of a facility, including, but not limited to, improper use or embezzlement of resident monies and property or fraudulent appropriation for personal gain of facility moneys and property, or willful or negligent failure to provide services for the care of the residents.

When the Department intends to seek revocation of a license, the Department shall notify the licensee of the proposed action and at the same time shall serve such licensee with an accusation. The licensee has a right to a hearing prior to the revocation or suspension of a license, except when an “Immediate Temporary Suspension Order” is written.

The Immediate Temporary Suspension Order temporarily suspends any license prior to any hearing when in the Department’s opinion such action is necessary to protect the residents in the facility from any physical or mental abuse or any other substantial threat to health and safety. When the Department intends to temporarily suspend a license prior to a hearing, the Department shall notify the licensee of the temporary suspension and the effective date thereof and at the same time serve the licensee with an accusation.

For either a revocation or a revocation and temporary suspension action, the Department shall within 15 days of receipt of notice of defense ask the Office of Administrative Hearings to set the matter for hearing.

For a revocation and temporary suspension action, the Department shall ask the Office of Administrative Hearings to hold the hearings as soon as possible but not later than 30 days after receipt of the Notice of Defense.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   32   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

MANAGEMENT AND OPERATIONS OVERVIEW

Management Overview

The subject is managed by ARV Assisted Living, Inc. (ARV). Retirement Inn of Campbell was constructed in 1975. There have not been any recent major renovations to the facility over the past three years. Revenues have been stable over the last three years, while expenses have been increasing. The facility’s occupancy has also been stable over this same period. Overall, we believe that ARV is competent to manage the subject property.

Operations Overview

Services

Retirement Inn of Campbell is designed for assisted living and offers all the services typical of these types of facilities. This facility has been designed as a rental community and provides most services under a fixed monthly rate. All resident contracts are for the term of stay. According to the terms of the agreement, a thirty (30) day written notice is required prior to any increase in fees for additional charges or for increases due to increased cost of operations. Included in the monthly rates are:

  Three meals daily and snacks;
 
  All utilities except for personal telephone
 
  Scheduled Transportation;
 
  Twenty-four (24) hour security and numerous safety features throughout the apartments;
 
  Weekly housekeeping services;
 
  Linen services;
 
  Organized individual and group activities

In addition to the monthly fee there are optional services available at an additional charge. These services include additional personal care, respite care, guest meals, beauty shop fees and additional transportation fees. There are regularly scheduled health assessments that help determine which level of services each individual resident receives.

Regulations and Health Matters

The facility has a license for a capacity of 90 residential care/assisted living beds and is regulated by the State of California’s Department of Social Services. A copy of the Regulations is posted in a conspicuous place in the facility and the residents acknowledge at the time of entry that the operation of this facility is governed by these regulations. Furthermore, if the licensing entity amends these regulations, the resident and the provider must obey by the amended regulations.

State Monitoring

The State of California conducts annual surveys of licensed residential care/assisted living facilities. The most recent survey for the subject was conducted in July 2003. The survey reported that the facility met all requirements with no serious deficiencies. A new license for the following 12 months was issued for the facility.

Admission Policies

Retirement Inn of Campbell requires all potential assisted living residents to undergo a health evaluation by a physician before entrance into the facility. The operator has the right to terminate the agreement at any time when they feel that the resident’s personal care needs cannot be adequately served by the facility.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   33   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

MANAGEMENT AND OPERATIONS OVERVIEW

There is to be a chart for each resident in assisted living. At the time of admission, a dated and signed medical evaluation, which conforms to the licensing regulations, must be on file. Thereafter, a medical evaluation, which also conforms to licensing regulations, must be made at least every twelve (12) months.

The operator may seek appropriate evaluation and assistance and may arrange for the transfer of a resident to an appropriate and safe location, prior to termination of an admission agreement and without ninety (90) days notice or court review for the following reasons:

  When a resident fails to pay the monthly rent prior to written notice of such absence;
 
  When the operator feels that the residents mental or physical needs cannot be adequately met by the facility;
 
  In the event a resident’s behavior poses an imminent risk of death or serious physical injury to himself/herself or to others;
 
  Breach of contract for any reason by the resident or operator;
 
  Any prolonged health-related or other absence.

Retirement Inn of Campbell caters to the full range of needs of seniors requiring assisted living services. The administrator develops and maintains a personalized service plan, which is amended if necessary. Furthermore, the aging-in-place and out-placement policies appear to be reasonable and well implemented. Services at the facility are standard for this type of complex and are in keeping with the residential make-up at the subject.

Marketing

Retirement Inn of Campbell has a full time marketing director. Marketing personnel are actively involved in the community, as well as with discharge planners for area hospitals. They do not do any telemarketing. Direct mailings, scheduled community events, and networking, on the other hand are a routine part of marketing efforts.

Overall, given the history of the subject, it appears that the marketing efforts are adequate. The subject’s reputation and marketing campaign are considered to be part of the reason behind the current performance at the subject facility.

Conclusion

Overall, based on our inspection of the facility, discussions with some of the personnel and our review of the Policies and Procedures, it is our opinion that the facility is being operated in a competent manner. The facility has been adequately maintained and the residents appear to be content.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   34   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

COMPETITIVE MARKET ANALYSIS

Primary Market Area

The first step in analyzing the competitive market for the subject is delineating its primary market area (PMA). The primary market area is typically described as either a defined radius around the subject, zip codes, or the subject’s county. In order to delineate the subject’s primary market area, we have interviewed the subject’s Executive Director as well as the competitive properties we have used in our analysis.

Our discussions indicated that approximately 75 percent of the subject’s residents come from the Sunnyvale area. This encompasses an area of approximately three miles. The remaining 25 percent emanate from the greater eastside area. The following chart details the competitors primary market areas (PMA), as well as the estimated percentage that comes from their PMA.

                 
            % of Residents
Name   PMA   from PMA

 
 
Westgate Villa
  3.0-5.0 Miles     75 %
Inn @ Willow Glen
  3.0-5.0 Miles     75 %
Carlton Plaza
  3.0-5.0 Miles     80 %
Lincoln Glen Manor
  3.0-5.0 Miles     75 %
Retirement Inn of Sunnyvale
  3.0-5.0 Miles     75 %
SUBJECT
  3.0-5.0 Miles     75 %

In the case of the subject, we have determined the primary market area to encompass an area of approximately three miles with 75 percent of the residents emanating from this PMA. Although a project like the subject may also attract residents from outside of the area, the geographic market area within a radius of three miles of the subject is considered to represent the primary draw for the subject. As indicated on the chart, the subject’s primary market area of three miles is similar to the comparables.

Most of the marketing directors we interviewed also indicated that adult children in this market are the driving forces in the decision making process for their parents.

Supply/New Construction

Existing Facilities

Because of the subject’s levels of personal care services, and type of amenities, the personal care homes in the market with less than 25 beds do not generally compete directly with the subject. However, the following charts detail the number of assisted living units in the subject’s market area that pose direct and indirect competition to the subject. We note that the table includes facilities located in both the subject’s primary and secondary market area in the Campbell/San Jose area.

     
VALUATION SERVICES 35 ADVISORY GROUP
(CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

COMPETITIVE MARKET ANALYSIS

MARKET AREA SUPPLY

                 
    Total AL        
Name   Units   PMA/SMA*

 
 
Westgate Villa
    32     PMA
Inn @ Willow Glen
    83     PMA
Carlton Plaza
    122     SMA
Lincoln Glen Manor
    31     PMA
Retirement Inn of Sunnyvale
    123     SMA
SUBJECT
    72          
 
   
         
Totals
    463          

* PMA - Primary Market Area; SMA - Secondary Market Area

Proposed Units

Discussions with local providers and planning departments indicated that there are no other facilities planned at this time. The most recent construction was a Sunrise facility in 2001 that is located approximately one mile from the subject.

Occupancy Patterns

Industry Statistics

Assisted living facilities generally exhibit the lowest overall occupancy patterns of any of the senior housing community types (congregate, assisted and CCRCs). As was noted in the Senior Housing Industry Overview presented earlier, assisted living facilities indicated an average occupancy rate of 94.2 percent in 2002, which represented an increase from 93.8 percent in 2001. Assisted living facilities in 2002, according to the survey, indicated the highest occupancies of the senior housing property types (independent, assisted and CCRCs).

Competitive Market Area

The senior living facilities we surveyed for our analysis totaled approximately 391 units and/or beds (excluding the subject) and the current available occupancy of those properties was from 70 to 98 percent. We note that due to the limited amount of similar facilities in the immediate area, several of the facilities we investigated are located outside of the defined primary market area of the subject.

Retirement Inn of Campbell is noted as having been at 90 percent occupancy at the time of inspection. The subject appears to have a good reputation in the market and this should continue based on its location and living options. A summary showing the competitive properties and their overall average occupancy levels is shown below. Please note that not all of these properties may fall within the defined market area of the subject, however, in the Elderly Demographics section we have defined the total supply in the competitive market area.

                         
            Total AL        
Name           Units   Occupancy Level

         
 
Westgate Villa
    *       32       92 %
Inn @ Willow Glen
    *       83       94 %
Carlton Plaza
            122       98 %
Lincoln Glen Manor
    *       31       100 %
Retirement Inn of Sunnyvale
            123       90 %
SUBJECT
            72       90 %

* Denotes facilities located in subject’s primary market area.

     
VALUATION SERVICES 36 ADVISORY GROUP
(CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

COMPETITIVE MARKET ANALYSIS

Again, we note that due to the limited amount of similar facilities in the immediate area, several of the facilities we investigated are located outside of the defined primary market area of the subject. The properties located in the PMA are identified in the above chart.

Rental Rates

Current rental rates for assisted living units in the Campbell area begin at around $2,200 per month for a studio unit and go up to around $5,700 for a two-bedroom unit. For the most part, assisted living facilities provide three meals per day, weekly to bi-weekly housekeeping, weekly laundry, all utilities except telephone and cable TV, activities and transportation. Most assisted living facilities generally include a minimal or base level of personal care services in the base monthly rents. In the subject’s market, charges for additional personal care services vary from a property like the subject that includes no personal care in the base rental rate up to facilities that include a based level of services, much like most of the properties we surveyed.

Rent Increases

Most assisted living facilities in the Campbell market area have been instigating annual rent increases over the last several years. Although no specific data was available, discussions with several providers indicated that they have been routinely increasing rents between three and five percent per year. Discussions with the facility’s Executive Director indicated that the facility has also been increasing rents annually over the last several years. The most recent rent increase at the subject was October 1, 2003 and was for a 5.0 percent across the board increase.

Concessions

Rent concessions, or incentives, provide a good indication of the condition, or strength of current market conditions. Rent concessions are generally found in markets exhibiting high vacancy and diminished absorption levels, as well as being used by new projects as a part of their overall marketing programs. At the time of our investigation of the Campbell market area, no specific concessions were noted. Similar to the market, Retirement Inn of Campbell reported that they are not offering concessions for leasing vacant units. The subject, however, had been offering concessions in 2002 and in the first part of 2003 to alleviate an atypical loss of residents. The new Executive Director has been very instrumental in increasing occupancy to a relatively high level and has not had to utilize concessions for several months. Concession will not likely be part of the market and used only to stimulate any unforeseen vacancies. They should, however, not be of any major significance to a property like the subject.

Absorption Trends

An assisted living facility generally exhibits lower initial absorption patterns during the first year of any of the senior housing community types (independent, assisted and CCRCs). Occupancy data compiled by the American Seniors Housing Association (ASHA) was previously summarized in the Assisted Living Industry Overview. The industry data indicated that initial absorption of new residents for all facility types is strong in the first month, then it tapers off dramatically during the following months. Specifically, net absorption averaged 11.7 residents for the Month 1, 5.2 residents for Months 2 – 6, 2.9 residents for Months 7 – 12, and 2.2 residents during Year 2.

     
VALUATION SERVICES 37 ADVISORY GROUP
(CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

COMPETITIVE MARKET ANALYSIS

Retirement Inn of Campbell opened in 1975 and has been successful from an occupancy basis. Occupancy at the facility was 95 percent in 2000, 99 percent in 2001, 97 percent in 2002 and year-to-date 2003 annualizes out to 86 percent. We note that the facility was at an occupancy of 90 percent at the time of our inspection.

Senior Demographics

We have evaluated the current and future market potential by analyzing demographic trends and the supply of elderly housing in the facility’s market area. Most market areas for assisted living are considered to comprise up to five miles for the primary area and up to 10 to 20 miles for the secondary area. As was discussed earlier, the primary market area for the subject is considered to effectively encompass an area of approximately three miles and a secondary area of approximately five miles. This assumption was based on our review of the demographics of the area, trends on where most of the competition is being constructed, as well as from discussions with the facility’s Executive Director regarding its primary market area.

The demographic data used in our analysis was compiled by Claritas, Inc. The data includes figures for the most recent census year in 2000, 2002 estimates and projections for the year 2007. For purposes of this analysis, we have relied upon the 2002 estimates for current demographic information. Additional state and national information has also been obtained from A Profile of Older Americans: 2001, prepared by the American Association of Retired Persons and the Administration on Aging and based on data from the U.S. Bureau of the Census.

Senior Population/Growth Rates

Population and growth statistics for the subject’s primary and secondary market area is shown in the following chart.

Population Statistics

                                 
    PMA   SMA
    3 miles   5 miles
   
 
    Population   %   Population   %
   
 
 
 
2000
                               
Total *
    197,350               480,832          
65+
    21,685       11.0 %     55,451       11.5 %
75+
    9,961       5.0 %     26,686       5.5 %
85+
    2,358       1.2 %     6,903       1.4 %
2002
  Estimate                        
Total *
    202,970               494,530          
65+
    22,163       10.9 %     56,702       11.5 %
75+
    10,446       5.1 %     27,924       5.6 %
85+
    2,713       1.3 %     7,738       1.6 %
2007
  Projection                        
Total *
    215,981               526,246          
65+
    23,741       11.0 %     60,794       11.6 %
75+
    11,113       5.1 %     29,756       5.7 %
85+
    3,089       1.4 %     8,879       1.7 %

* Total population unadjusted for age
Source: Claritas, Inc.

Growth Rates

                                 
    PMA   SMA
    3 miles   5 miles
   
 
    Total   Annual   Total   Annual
   
 
 
 
2000-2007
                               
Total *
    9.4 %     1.3 %     9.4 %     1.3 %
65+
    9.5 %     1.3 %     9.6 %     1.3 %
75+
    11.6 %     1.6 %     11.5 %     1.6 %
85+
    31.0 %     3.9 %     28.6 %     3.7 %
2000-2002
                               
Total *
    2.8 %     1.4 %     2.8 %     1.4 %
65+
    2.2 %     1.1 %     2.3 %     1.1 %
75+
    4.9 %     2.4 %     4.6 %     2.3 %
85+
    15.1 %     7.3 %     12.1 %     5.9 %
2002-2007
                               
Total *
    6.4 %     1.3 %     6.4 %     1.3 %
65+
    7.1 %     1.4 %     7.2 %     1.4 %
75+
    6.4 %     1.2 %     6.6 %     1.3 %
85+
    13.9 %     2.6 %     14.7 %     2.8 %

* Total population unadjusted for age
Source: Claritas, Inc.

The population in the subject’s market area indicates a moderate level of demand for senior housing. As seen from the data, the elderly population is growing slowly in terms of absolute numbers and as a percentage of total population. Comparatively, the national average of residents age 65+ constituted 13.0 percent of the total population in 2000 according to Claritas,

     
VALUATION SERVICES 38 ADVISORY GROUP
(CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

COMPETITIVE MARKET ANALYSIS

Inc. The subject’s primary market area indicates a similar aged older population to the national average. Furthermore, the average number of older Americans increased 12.6 percent from 1990 to 2000. These rates are similar than the senior growth seen in the subject’s primary and secondary market areas.

Adult Children Population/Growth Rates

We have also analyzed population trends for what the industry refers to as “adult children”. This segment of the population generally plays a significant role in the placement of a senior in a senior housing facility. This is especially true as many seniors or elderly will relocate to be near their adult children or relatives. This fact is widely recognized by senior housing operators who indicate that market areas exhibiting a higher concentration of adults between the age of 45 and 65 can generally support a much larger supply of senior housing than would be shown through analyzing only the percentage of seniors currently residing in the market area. This situation is more prevalent with regard to higher levels of care such as assisted living and nursing. Population and growth statistics for the subject’s primary market (PMA), as well as the secondary market (SMA) areas for these age groups are shown below

Population Statistics - Adult Children

                                 
    PMA   SMA
   
 
    Population   %   Population   %
   
 
 
 
2000
                               
Total*
    197,350               480,832          
45 - 54
    26,147       13.2 %     64,542       13.4 %
55 - 59
    8,859       4.5 %     22,085       4.6 %
60 - 64
    7,099       3.6 %     17,634       3.7 %
2002
    2002                          
Total*
    202,970               494,530          
45 - 54
    27,924       13.8 %     68,956       13.9 %
55 - 59
    9,939       4.9 %     24,820       5.0 %
60 - 64
    7,610       3.7 %     18,941       3.8 %
2007
    2007                          
Total*
    215,981               526,246          
45 - 54
    31,435       14.6 %     77,704       14.8 %
55 - 59
    12,193       5.6 %     30,449       5.8 %
60 - 64
    9,766       4.5 %     24,313       4.6 %

* Total population unadjusted for age
Source: Claritas, Inc.

Growth Rates - Adult Children

                                 
    PMA   SMA
   
 
    Total   Annual   Total   Annual
   
 
 
 
2000-2007
                               
Total*
    9.4 %     1.3 %     9.4 %     1.3 %
45 - 54
    20.2 %     2.7 %     20.4 %     2.7 %
55 - 59
    37.6 %     4.7 %     37.9 %     4.7 %
60 - 64
    37.6 %     4.7 %     37.9 %     4.7 %
2000-2002
                               
Total*
    2.8 %     1.4 %     2.8 %     1.4 %
45 - 54
    6.8 %     3.3 %     6.8 %     3.4 %
55 - 59
    12.2 %     5.9 %     12.4 %     6.0 %
60 - 64
    7.2 %     3.5 %     7.4 %     3.6 %
2002-2007
                               
Total*
    6.4 %     1.3 %     6.4 %     1.3 %
45 - 54
    12.6 %     2.4 %     12.7 %     2.4 %
55 - 59
    22.7 %     4.2 %     22.7 %     4.2 %
60 - 64
    28.3 %     5.1 %     28.4 %     5.1 %

* Total population unadjusted for age
Source: Claritas, Inc.

As shown, the 45 to 64 age group showed strong growth between 2000 and 2002 in both the primary and secondary market area. Going forward, this age group is forecast to grow at slightly higher rates. Overall, adult children are expected to contribute positively towards living options for the subject and its market area.

Income and Households

In addition to the absolute number and growth of the elderly population, the number of households with appropriate income levels will dictate the actual population available to support the subject. Statistics on income levels are typically presented by the household. We note that in the case of the elderly, most households include at least a single adult. For comparison purposes it is therefore reasonable to utilize the household statistics. Furthermore, the housing cost and income requirements for a second person are significantly less than the primary occupant.

     
VALUATION SERVICES 39 ADVISORY GROUP
(CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

COMPETITIVE MARKET ANALYSIS

Compared with the local competition, the subject has monthly rates in the middle portion of the range. To afford the various accommodations at the subject, it is estimated that an average annual income of $30,000 would be necessary. We have utilized the average projected revenue per resident of approximately $25,460 as calculated in the Income Capitalization Approach to value. We have assumed that a resident would spend approximately 85 percent of their income on housing, meals and utilities. The balance of the income is required for taxes, insurance, and personal needs. By dividing the $25,460 by 85 percent we arrive at an average income of $30,000, rounded.

Assuming no child subsidy, it is estimated that most residents would require an annual income of $30,000 or more to afford the majority of the accommodations at the subject. We note that this is a conservative assumption given that there are a significant number of elderly who are receiving some form of child subsidy. Furthermore, these indicators are somewhat skewed given that there are recent findings suggesting that the elderly are indeed spending down their assets other than income from their house while residing in senior living facilities. Given the relatively short term of stay anticipated in these facilities, it is reasonable to assume that there would be a greater spend-down of assets. Reference is made to the findings in the State of Seniors Housing Report, 2002 published by the Americans Senior Housing Association, which cites the average length of stay in an assisted living facility to be 18 months.

We also note that the indicated income level does not account for child subsidies or a sale of a home. According to the Claritas report, 75.5 percent of the 65+-householder population owns their own residences in the primary market area and the median housing value was reported to be $581,543 in 2002. Given that the elderly population typically own their residence free and clear, it is reasonable to assume that there would be additional income available from the sale of a residence which could be amortized over the length of stay. Given the average price of a house and that the majority of the elderly own their houses free and clear, we have assumed that this cash would provide for additional income of say $34,893 annually or a safe rate of return of 6.0 percent of the investment (6.0 percent x $581,543).

After accounting for this ($30,000 - $34,893 = $-4,900), we have considered a higher income qualifier of $25,000 to be a reasonable threshold for entrance to the subject facility due to the rent structure at the property. Reference is made to the table below for a summary of household income for the income qualifiers in the $25,000+ range.

Income Statistics
Households With Incomes Greater Than
                                        $25,000

                                 
    PMA   SMA
    3 miles   5 miles
   
 
    Total   %   Total   %
   
 
 
 
2002
                               
* Total 65+
    12,546             32,877        
65+
    9,835       78.4 %     25,607       77.9 %
75+
    4,142       33.0 %     11,570       35.2 %
85+
    794       6.3 %     2,686       8.2 %
2007
                               
* Total 65+
    13,109             34,447        
65+
    11,227       85.6 %     29,270       85.0 %
75+
    4,888       37.3 %     13,660       39.7 %
85+
    1,055       8.0 %     3,513       10.2 %

* Unadjusted for Income
Source: Claritas, Inc.

Income Statistics - Growth Rates
Households With Incomes Greater Than
                                                 $25,000

                                 
    PMA   SMA
    3 miles   5 miles
   
 
    Total   Annual   Total   Annual
   
 
 
 
2002-2007
                               
* Total 65+
    4.5 %     0.9 %     4.8 %     0.9 %
65+
    14.2 %     2.7 %     14.3 %     2.7 %
75+
    18.0 %     3.4 %     18.1 %     3.4 %
85+
    32.9 %     5.8 %     30.8 %     5.5 %

* Unadjusted for Income
Source: Claritas, Inc.

     
VALUATION SERVICES 40 ADVISORY GROUP
(CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

COMPETITIVE MARKET ANALYSIS

We have found that for households over $25,000 within our primary market area in 2002 (5-mile radius), there were 9,835 for the 65+ age group, 4,142 for the 75+ age group and 794 for the 85+ age group. The number of households earning $25,000 or more in the primary market area is anticipated to increase over the next five years at an annual average rate of 2.68 percent for age 65+ households, 3.37 percent per year for age 75+ and 5.85 percent for the age 85+ households. Overall, these figures appear to be consistent with the population trends.

Penetration Rates

A market penetration analysis provides insight into project feasibility. It indicates the ability of a project to lease-up or maintain stabilized operation based on a ratio analysis of other geographic areas (units to population) applied to the subject’s market area. The applicability of the penetration analysis is dependent on the similarities of the area analysis to the subject area. Other factors may cause variations in the penetration rates in an individual market such as competition from similar property types (assisted versus independent living) and unique market demand characteristics (urban versus rural). Given the relatively small number of units and population in an individual area, some divergence from the macro ratio is not unlikely.

In this analysis we have defined the penetration rate to be the percentage of primary market assisted living units to age and income-qualified residents. The 2002 penetration rate is compared to that projected for 2007 based on a supply increase of 25 percent. While there are no firm industry standards for penetration rates, studies across the country suggest that assisted living penetration rates up to 7.0 percent reflect good markets or markets in equilibrium. These percentages have been provided by the MDS Research Company, Inc., who specializes in the market and feasibility analysis of senior housing facilities. Furthermore, a Cushman & Wakefield survey of over 120 senior housing markets across the nation supports acceptable penetration rates of 7.0 percent or below.

Through a review of senior demographics, industry surveys noted above and local market characteristics; we have utilized the following criteria to determine the subject’s market area characteristics.

MARKET CLASSIFICATIONS

             
    Market Wide   Market Penetration   Rate
Type of Market   Occupancy   Rent   Concessions

 
 
 
Good   90%+   Up to 3.9%   None
Equilibrium   80 – 89%   4.0% – 6.9%   Nominal
Saturation   70 – 79%   7.0% – 9.9%   Moderate
Saturated (Over Built)   69% and Below   10% and Above   Substantial

Nationally, it is generally anticipated that 60 to 70 percent of residents will come from the primary market area and an additional 15 to 20 percent will be from the secondary market area. The remainder of the residents will generally be from other areas and have relocated to be closer to family members. Primary market residents lost to other market areas generally offset residents coming from the secondary market.

The demand for elderly housing is determined by analyzing the relationship between the supply of senior housing units and the number of qualified residents with adequate income to afford the units. In general, a higher ratio of qualified residents, coupled with a high overall occupancy in the area indicates a strong demand for senior housing. At the same time, a low ratio of units to

     
VALUATION SERVICES 41 ADVISORY GROUP
(CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

COMPETITIVE MARKET ANALYSIS

available households coupled with a high occupancy also indicates a high demand. A low occupancy for the area always indicates a low demand. In other words, the ratio of qualified residents is only one component.

We have calculated the market wide occupancy as of the date of inspection for the subject’s primary market area. The primary competing facilities in the PMA, including the subject, are shown in the following table. We acknowledge that the following summary of properties may not represent all of the facilities in the market area, but are what we believe to be the most competitive to the subject.

MARKET OCCUPANCY CHARACTERISTICS
Primary Market Area

                         
Name   No. Units   Occupancy   Occupied Units

 
 
 
Westgate Villa
    32       92 %     29  
Inn @ Willow Glen
    83       94 %     78  
Carlton Plaza
    122       98 %     120  
Lincoln Glen Manor
    31       100 %     31  
Retirement Inn of Sunnyvale
    123       90 %     111  
SUBJECT
    70       90 %     65  
 
   
     
     
 
Totals
    461       94 %     433  

These, along with the previous factors shown will be used in our age and income qualified penetration analysis that follows.

Age and Income Qualified Penetration Analysis

In our analysis we have assumed that 75 percent of the residents will come from the primary market area. We note that the population in the area is moderate and that the general population is increasing and the elderly population is on the rise. This suggests that the subject facility will have to place greater weight on attracting residents to move to be close to family members. We note that areas where the younger population is expanding would be more apt to attract residents from outside the community to move to be closer to their children.

Based on the population and income data presented earlier, the following chart shows our market penetration analysis for the subject.

     
VALUATION SERVICES 42 ADVISORY GROUP
(CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

COMPETITIVE MARKET ANALYSIS

Market Penetration Analysis

Primary Market Area

3 miles

                 
    2002   2007
65+ Income Qualified Households
    9,835       11,227  
Average Household Size*
    1.77       1.81  
 
   
     
 
Available Persons
    17,374       20,333  
Total Supply**
    461       576  
Required Resident % From PMA
    75 %     75 %
 
   
     
 
Required Residents
    346       432  
Available Persons
    17,374       20,333  
Indicated Penetration Rate***
    1.99 %     2.13 %

* Total 65+ Population Divided by Total 65+ Households

** No. of assisted living units (includes dementia) in primary market area.
     2007 figure accounts for 25 percent new or forecast competition

*** Required Residents divided by Available Persons

Source: Claritas, Inc.

Based on the data, the indicated penetration rate for the subject in 2002 is 1.99 percent. The projected growth of 25 percent in the unit supply in the next five years indicates a penetration rate of 2.13 percent in 2007.

Based on the market classification chart presented earlier, penetration rates of up to 3.9 percent were classified for good markets, 4.0 to 6.9 percent signifies the market is at equilibrium, 7.0 to 9.9 percent indicates a market is nearing saturation and rates above 10 percent signify the market is saturated.

The subject’s indicated penetration rate for 2002 signifies that there is good demand in the primary market area. Even assuming a 25 percent increase in supply over the next five years indicates good demand in the primary market area.

Conclusion

Overall, these findings suggest that there appears to be good demand for the subject facility in the primary market area from both the general population base and the project specific targeting. Based on the current inventory, the subject’s primary market area is not close to reaching a saturation point. Also, the lack of rent concessions is positive. Further, current statistics appear to be leaning towards a greater spend down of assets by the elderly and that traditional income levels may be conservative. With this in mind, and based on the indicated penetration rate of 1.99 percent for the general population, there appears to be an adequate marketplace for the subject facility.

Market Rate Comparisons

On the following pages are data sheets of the facilities we have compared with the subject. A map showing their location follows these pages. All of the facilities are noted as being located in the subject’s primary market area (PMA).

     
VALUATION SERVICES 43 ADVISORY GROUP
(CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

COMPETITIVE MARKET ANALYSIS

(PICTURE OF WESTGATE VILLA)

Senior Housing Rent No. 1

Westgate Villa
5425 Mayme Avenue
San Jose, CA

     
Property Type:   AL
 
Verification:   Administrator
    408-366-6510
    14-Oct-03
                 
No. Units   Unit Types   Occupancy

 
 
32
 
Assisted Living Units
    92 %
  0
 
Alzheimer Units/Bed
    0 %

     
 
32
 
Total Units/Beds
    92 %

Rent Schedule

                                                                                                 
    Assisted Living   Unit Size   Dementia   Unit Size
Unit Description   Monthly Rent Range   Range   Monthly Rent Range   Range
Semi-Private
  $ 2,250     to   $ 2,250       375     to     375           to               to      
Studio
  $ 2,975     to   $ 2,975       350     to     350           to               to      
Studio Alcove
        to               to               to               to      
One-Bedroom
        to               to               to               to      
Two-Bedroom
        to               to               to               to      
Cottage/Villa
        to               to               to               to      
2nd Occcupant Rent
        to                                       to                              
Additional Personal Care
        to                                       to                              
Community Fee
        to                                                                              
                 
Basic Service Care Package:           Additional Care:    
Meals:   3       Care Hours Included in Base Rate:   0.0
Utilities:   Water/Sewer   x   Additional Personal Care Charges   Points
    Electricity   x        
    Cable TV   x        
    Telephone   x   Incontinence Care:   No
Housekeeping:   Weekly       Dressing Assistance:   Yes
Activities:   Daily       Bathing Assistance:   Yes
Transportation:   Bus       Medication Assistance:   Yes
Security (Hrs):   24       Alzheimer Dementia Area:   N/A
Nursing Staff:   RN            

Improvement Description

                         
Year Opened   1976   Common Area   Lobby   X   Dining Room   X
Construction Type   Wood frame       Activity   X   Salon   X
Floors   2       Library   X   Laundry   X
Site Suitability   Average                    
Construction Quality   Average   Unit Amenities   Call System   X   Fire Detectors   X
Exterior Siding   Wood       Pvt Bath   X   Shared Bath   X
Roofing   Shingles       Kitchenettes   Yes        
Building Area (Sq.Ft.)   N/A                    
Condition   Average   HVAC System   Central            
Effective Age (Yrs):   N/A   Covered Parki   No            
     
Remarks:   This is a smaller, older facilty that offers assisted living services. Residents have the choice of only studio or semi-private unit types. Rates do not include any personal care. Additional care available based on level system.
         
VALUATION SERVICES   44   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)


 

COMPETITIVE MARKET ANALYSIS

(PICTURER OF INN @ WILLOW GLEN)

Senior Housing Rent No. 2

Inn @ Willow Glen
1185 Pedro Street
San Jose, CA

     
Property Type:   AL
 
Verification:   Executive Director
    408-275-9040
    21-Oct-03
                 
No. Units   Unit Types   Occupancy

 
 
83
 
Assisted Living Units
    95 %
  0
 
Alzheimer Units/Beds
    0 %

           
 
83
 
Total Units/Beds
    95 %

Rent Schedule

                                                                                                 
    Assisted Living   Unit Size   Dementia   Unit Size
Unit Description   Monthly Rent Range   Range   Monthly Rent Range   Range
Semi-Private
        to               to               to               to      
Studio
  $ 2,375     to   $ 2,475       187     to     220           to               to      
Studio Alcove
        to               to               to               to      
One-Bedroom
  $ 3,000     to   $ 3,000       440     to     440           to               to      
Two-Bedroom
        to               to               to               to      
Cottage/Villa
        to               to               to               to      
2nd Occcupant Rent
        to                                       to                              
Additional Personal Care
  $ 225     to   $ 1,425                                   to                              
Community Fee
  $ 2,000     to   $ 2,000                                                                          
                 
Basic Service Care Package:           Additional Care:    
Meals:   3       Care Hours Included in Base Rate:   0.0
Utilities:   Water/Sewer   X   Additional Personal Care Charges   Points
    Electricity   X        
    Cable TV   X        
    Telephone   X   Incontinence Care:   No
Housekeeping:   Weekly       Dressing Assistance:   Yes
Activities:   Daily       Bathing Assistance:   Yes
Transportation:   Bus       Medication Assistance:   Yes
Security (Hrs):   24       Alzheimer Dementia Area:   N/A
Nursing Staff:   RN            

Improvement Description

                         
Year Opened   1976   Common Area   Lobby   X   Dining Room   X
Construction Type   Wood frame       Activity   X   Salon   X
Floors   2       Library   X   Laundry   X
Site Suitability   Good                    
Construction Quality   Average   Unit Amenities   Call System   X   Fire Detectors   X
Exterior Siding   Stucco       Pvt Bath   X   Shared Bath    
Roofing   Tile       Kitchenettes   Yes        
Building Area (Sq.Ft.)   N/A                    
Condition   Average   HVAC System   Central            
Effective Age (Yrs):   N/A   Covered Parki   No            
     
Remarks:   Older assisted living facility operated by ARV. Offers studio and one-bedroom unit styles. Base rates do not include any personal care. There are eight base levels or tiers of care services available (based on point system). If a resident warrants services above the highest level, there is an additional charge of $5.00 per point.
         
VALUATION SERVICES   45   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)


 

COMPETITIVE MARKET ANALYSIS

(PICTURE OF CARLTON PLAZA)

Senior Housing Rent No. 3

Carlton Plaza
380 Branham Lane
San Jose, CA

     
Property Type:   ALF/ALZ
 
Verification:   Executive Director
    408-792-1400
    21-Oct-03
                 
No. Units   Unit Types   Occupancy

 
 
122
   
Assisted Living Units
    98 %
    0
   
Alzheimer Units/Beds
    0 %

           
 
122
   
Total Units/Beds
      98 %

Rent Schedule

                                                                                                 
    Assisted Living   Unit Size   Dementia   Unit Size
Unit Description   Monthly Rent Range   Range   Monthly Rent Range   Range
Semi-Private
        to               to               to               to      
Studio
  $ 3,150     to   $ 3,150       350     to     350           to               to      
Studio Alcove
        to               to               to               to      
One-Bedroom
  $ 3,720     to   $ 3,720       600     to     600           to               to      
Two-Bedroom
  $ 5,400     to   $ 5,400       800     to     800           to               to      
Cottage/Villa
        to               to               to               to      
2nd Occcupant Rent
  $ 595     to   $ 595                                   to                              
Additional Personal Care
  $ 350     to   $ 1,700                                   to                              
Community Fee
  $ 2,500     to   $ 2,500                                                                          
                 
Basic Service Care Package:           Additional Care:    
Meals:   3       Care Hours Included in Base Rate:   0.0
Utilities:   Water/Sewer   X   Additional Personal Care Charges   Levels
    Electricity   X        
    Cable TV   X        
    Telephone   X   Incontinence Care:   No
Housekeeping:   Weekly       Dressing Assistance:   Yes
Activities:   Daily       Bathing Assistance:   Yes
Transportation:   Bus       Medication Assistance:   Yes
Security (Hrs):   24       Alzheimer Dementia Area:   N/A
Nursing Staff:   RN            

Improvement Description

                         
Year Opened   1999   Common Area   Lobby   X   Dining Room   X
Construction Type   Wood frame       Activity   X   Salon   X
Floors   2       Library   X   Laundry   X
Site Suitability   Good                    
Construction Quality   Good   Unit Amenities   Call System   X   Fire Detectors   X
Exterior Siding   Stucco       Pvt Bath   X   Shared Bath   X
Roofing   Tile       Kitchenettes   Yes        
Building Area (Sq.Ft.)   N/A                    
Condition   Good   HVAC System   Central/Wall Units            
Effective Age (Yrs):   N/A   Covered Parki   No            
     
Remarks:   This is a newer assisted living facility in San Jose. Owned and operated by a local private entity. Facility has very good reputation and stays generally fully occupied. Base rates include a base level of personal care. Additional personal care based on an ala carte basis ranging from $350 to $1,700 per month.
         
VALUATION SERVICES   46   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)


 

COMPETITIVE MARKET ANALYSIS

(PICTURE OF LINCOLN GLEN MANOR)

Senior Housing Rent No. 4

Lincoln Glen Manor
2671 Plummer Avenue
San Jose, CA

     
Property Type:

Verification:
  AL

Administrator
408-265-3222
21-Oct-03
                 
No. Units   Unit Types   Occupancy

 
 
31
 
Assisted Living Units
    100 %
  0
 
Alzheimer Units/Beds
    0 %

           
 
31
 
Total Units/Beds
    100 %

Rent Schedule

                                                                                                 
    Assisted Living   Unit Size   Dementia   Unit Size
Unit Description   Monthly Rent Range   Range   Monthly Rent Range   Range
Semi-Private
        to               to               to               to      
Studio
  $ 3,500     to   $ 3,500       221     to     221           to               to      
Studio Alcove
        to               to               to               to      
One-Bedroom
  $ 4,100     to   $ 4,100       442     to     442           to               to      
Two-Bedroom
        to               to               to               to      
Cottage/Villa
        to               to               to               to      
2nd Occcupant Rent
  $ 500     to   $ 500                                   to                              
Additional Personal Care
  $ 200     to   $ 650                                   to                              
Community Fee
  $ 500     to   $ 500                                                                          
                 
Basic Service Care Package:           Additional Care:    
Meals:   3       Care Hours Included in Base Rate:   0.0
Utilities:   Water/Sewer   X   Additional Personal Care Charges   Ala carte - levels
    Electricity   X        
    Cable TV   X        
Housekeeping:   Telephone
Weekly
  X   Incontinence Care:
Dressing Assistance:
  No
Yes
Activities:   Daily       Bathing Assistance:   Yes
Transportation:   Bus       Medication Assistance:   Yes
Security (Hrs):   24       Alzheimer Dementia Area:   N/A
Nursing Staff:   RN            

Improvement Description

                         
Year Opened   2001   Common Area   Lobby   X   Dining Room   X
Construction Type   Wood frame       Activity   X   Salon   X
Floors   2       Library   X   Laundry   X
Site Suitability   Good                    
Construction Quality   Average   Unit Amenities   Call System   X   Fire Detectors   X
Exterior Siding   Stucco       Pvt Bath   X   Shared Bath   X
Roofing   Tile       Kitchenettes   Yes        
Building Area (Sq.Ft.)   N/A                    
Condition   Good   HVAC System   Central/Wall Units            
Effective Age (Yrs):   N/A   Covered Parki   No            
         
Remarks:  
Privately owned and operated congregate facility. Offers independent and assisted living. Independent living portion was completed in 1980 with 31 asssisted living units added in 2000. Assisted rates include a base level of personal care. Additional personal care based on three levels.
         
VALUATION SERVICES   47   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)


 

COMPETITIVE MARKET ANALYSIS

(PICTURE OF RETIREMENT INN OF SUNNYVALE)

Senior Housing Rent No. 5

Retirement Inn of Sunnyvale
425 E. Remington Drive
Sunnyvale, CA

     
Property Type:   ALF
 
Verification:   Administrator
    480-657-9000
    01-May-03
                 
No. Units   Unit Types   Occupancy

 
 
123
 
Assisted Living Units
    90 %
    0
 
Alzheimer Units/Beds
    0 %

           
 
123
 
Total Units/Beds
    90 %

Rent Schedule

                                                                                                 
    Assisted Living   Unit Size   Dementia   Unit Size
Unit Description   Monthly Rent Range   Range   Monthly Rent Range   Range
Semi-Private
        to               to               to               to      
Studio
  $ 2,375     to   $ 2,375       187     to     187           to               to      
Studio Alcove
  $ 2,475     to   $ 2,475       220     to     220           to               to      
One-Bedroom
  $ 3,000     to   $ 3,000       525     to     525           to               to      
Two-Bedroom
        to               to               to               to      
Cottage/Villa
        to               to               to               to      
2nd Occcupant Rent
  $ 750     to   $ 750                                   to                              
Community Fee
  $ 2,000     to   $ 2,000                                                                          
Additional Personal Care
  $ 225     to   $ 1,425                                   to                              
                 
Basic Service Care Package:           Additional Care:    
Meals:   3       Care Hours Included in Base Rate:   0.0
Utilities:   Water/Sewer   X   Additional Personal Care Charges   Points
    Electricity   X        
    Cable TV   X        
    Telephone   X   Incontinence Care:   No
Housekeeping:   Weekly       Dressing Assistance:   Yes
Activities:   Daily       Bathing Assistance:   Yes
Transportation:   Bus       Medication Assistance:   Yes
Security (Hrs):   24       Alzheimer Dementia Area:   N/A
Nursing Staff:   RN            

Improvement Description

                         
Year Opened   1974   Common Area   Lobby   X   Dining Room   X
Construction Type   Wood Frame       Activity   X   Salon   X
Floors   2       Library   X   Laundry   X
Site Suitability   Good                    
Construction Quality   Average   Unit Amenities   Call System   X   Fire Detectors   X
Exterior Siding   Wood       Pvt Bath   X   Shared Bath   X
Roofing   Shingles       Kitchenettes   Yes No        
Building Area (Sq.Ft.)   62,968                    
Condition   Average   HVAC System   Through-Wall Units            
Effective Age (Yrs):   0   Covered Parki   No            
Site Area (AC)   2.04                    
     
Remarks:   Older assisted living facility operated by ARV. Offers studio and one-bedroom unit styles. Base rates do not include any personal care. There are eight base levels or tiers of care services available (based on point system). If a resident warrants services above the highest level, there is an additional charge of $5.00 per point.
         
VALUATION SERVICES   48   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)


 

COMPETITIVE MARKET ANALYSIS

RENT COMPARABLE MAP

(RENT COMPARABLE MAP)

         
VALUATION SERVICES   49   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

COMPETITIVE MARKET ANALYSIS

Direct Comparisons

As a basis for comparing the subject’s asking rental rates to the comparables shown in the previous summary, we have classified each comparable in relation to the subject as either similar, inferior, or superior. The overall classification was based on the five primary factors (aside from pricing) used by potential residents in choosing an assisted living facility. These factors are based on our discussions with hundreds of marketing directors and administrators across the nation. The five main factors in order of importance are as follows: reputation for quality care or social status of the facility; age and condition of the building; unit sizes; amenities and planned activities; and location.

Based on our physical inspection of the comparables and the subject and discussions with local market participants, we have classified the comparables as follows:

         
Rental No.   Comparison To Subject

 
1
  Superior
2
  Superior
3
  Superior
4
  Similar
5
  Similar

Rental Rate Analysis

The assisted living rates at Retirement Inn of Campbell include three meals per day, weekly housekeeping/laundry, utilities (except for telephone and cable TV), activities and scheduled transportation. All personal care at the subject is charged in addition to the base monthly rental rate. Specifically, there are eight base levels or tiers of care services available (based on a point system) that are determined from a monthly need assessment basis. The levels of personal care range from $225 per month (Level A) up to an additional $1,425 per month for Level 7 services. If a resident requires services above Level 7, there is an additional charge of $5.00 per point.

A summary of the asking or street rents for the subject, as well as the rates for the competitive properties are shown below.

Studio Units – Assisted Living

The following chart indicates the asking rates for assisted living studio units at the subject, as well as the comparables:

Studio Units - AL

                                                 
Facility Name   Unit Size (SF)   Rental Range

 
 
Westgate Villa
    350       -       350     $ 2,975       -     $ 2,975  
Inn @ Willow Glen
    187       -       220     $ 2,375       -     $ 2,475  
Carlton Plaza
    350       -       350     $ 3,150       -     $ 3,150  
Lincoln Glen Manor
    221       -       221     $ 3,500       -     $ 3,500  
Retirement Inn of Sunnyvale
    187       -       187     $ 2,375       -     $ 2,375  
SUBJECT
    204       -       204     $ 2,375       -     $ 2,375  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
Range (Excluding Subject)
    187       -       350     $ 2,375       -     $ 3,500  
         
VALUATION SERVICES   50   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

COMPETITIVE MARKET ANALYSIS

The comparables indicate a range of asking rates from $2,375 to $3,500 per month based on unit sizes from 187 to 350 square feet. The subject’ asking rates of $2,375 per month is seen as falling within the lower portion of the range from an absolute rent basis, while towards the lower portion on a unit size basis. Lincoln Glen’s asking rate of $3,500 per month is inclusive of all personal care services, while the subject’s rate includes no personal care. Westgate Villa and Carlton Plaza’s rates include a base level of personal care. We note that the average in- place rent for the subject is $1,806 per month. Based on the data, we believe that a rent of $1,900 per month is warranted for the subject’s studio units.

Studio Alcove Units – Assisted Living

The following chart indicates the asking rates for assisted living studio alcove units at the subject, as well as the comparables:

Alcove Units - AL

                                                 
Facility Name   Unit Size (SF)   Rental Range

 
 
Westgate Villa
    350       -       350     $ 2,975       -     $ 2,975  
Inn @ Willow Glen
    187       -       220     $ 2,375       -     $ 2,475  
Carlton Plaza
    350       -       350     $ 3,150       -     $ 3,150  
Lincoln Glen Manor
    221       -       221     $ 3,500       -     $ 3,500  
Retirement Inn of Sunnyvale
    220       -       220     $ 2,475       -     $ 2,475  
SUBJECT
    240       -       240     $ 2,475       -     $ 2,475  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
Range (Excluding Subject)
    187       -       350     $ 2,375       -     $ 3,500  

The comparables indicate a range of asking rates from $2,375 to $3,500 per month based on unit sizes from 187 to 350 square feet. The subject’ asking rates of $2,475 per month is seen as falling within the lower portion of the range from an absolute rent basis, while towards the middle portion on a unit size basis. Lincoln Glen’s asking rate of $3,500 per month is inclusive of all personal care services, while the subject’s rate includes no personal care. Westgate Villa and Carlton Plaza’s rates include a base level of personal care. We note that the average in- place rent for the subject is $2,149 per month. Based on the data, we believe that a rent of $2,200 per month is warranted for the subject’s studio units.

One-Bedroom Units – Assisted Living

The following chart indicates the asking rates for assisted living one-bedroom units at the subject, as well as the comparables:

One-Bedroom Units - AL

                                                 
Facility Name   Unit Size (SF)   Rental Range

 
 
Westgate Villa
          -                   -        
Inn @ Willow Glen
    440       -       440     $ 3,000       -     $ 3,000  
Carlton Plaza
    600       -       600     $ 3,720       -     $ 3,720  
Lincoln Glen Manor
    442       -       442     $ 4,100       -     $ 4,100  
Retirement Inn of Sunnyvale
    525       -       525     $ 3,000       -     $ 3,000  
SUBJECT
    408       -       408     $ 3,000       -     $ 3,000  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
Range (Excluding Subject)
    440       -       600     $ 3,000       -     $ 4,100  
         
VALUATION SERVICES   51   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

COMPETITIVE MARKET ANALYSIS

The comparables indicate a range of asking rates from $3,000 to $4,100 per month based on unit sizes from 440 to 600 square feet. The subject’ asking rates of $3,000 per month is seen as falling within the lower portion of the range from an absolute rent basis, while slightly above the comparables on a unit size basis. Lincoln Glen Manor’s asking rate of $4,100 per month sets the upper end of the range. Again, the subject’s rate includes no personal care as does the Retirement Inn at Sunnyvale. We note that the average in-place rent for the subject is $2,801 per month. Based on the data, we believe that a rent of $2,900 per month is warranted for the subject’s one-bedroom units.

Summary/Conclusion

The subject is one of several competing facilities in the marketplace and offers assisted living units. The subject has maintained generally positive occupancy levels over the last several years. The property did witness some higher than normal attrition in 2002 and early 2003, however, occupancy is again at high levels. The subject rates are generally at the lower end of the competition and based on the older age of the facility, they appear to be reflective of market rates. Concessions are not prevalent in the marketplace. The subject’s ability to continue to attract, as well as retain residents suggests that there is a good marketplace for this type of facility and which should continue into the foreseeable future.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   52   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

SITE DESCRIPTION

     
Location:   290 N. San Tomas Aquino Road
Campbell, Santa Clara County, California 95008

The site is situated at the southeast corner of San Tomas Aquino Road and Latimer Avenue.
     
Shape:   Rectangular
     
Topography:   Level at street grade
     
Land Area:   1.1200 gross acres (1.1200 net acres)
88,862 gross square feet (88,862 net square feet)
     
Frontage, Access, Visibility:   The site has 385 feet of frontage along Remington Drive and 239 feet along Azure Street.
     
Soil Conditions:   We did not receive nor review a soil report. However, we assume that the soil’s load-bearing capacity is sufficient to support the existing structures. We did not observe any evidence to the contrary during our physical inspection of the property. Drainage appears to be adequate.
     
Utilities    
     
    Water:   City of Campbell
     
    Sewer:   City of Campbell
     
    Electricity:   Pacific Gas & Electric
     
    Gas:   Pacific Gas & Electric
     
    Telephone:   Pacific Bell
     
Site Improvements:   The site improvements include asphalt paved parking areas, curbing, signage, landscaping, yard lighting and drainage.
     
Land Use Restrictions:   We were not given a title report to review. Review of the ALTA survey indicated that there appears to several typical utility easements across the property. We are not aware of any other easements that would adversely affect the property; however, the determination of adverse easements or encroachments is a legal matter, which is beyond the scope of this Appraisal. We recommend that the appropriate experts be consulted, as part of a business decision regarding the subject.
     
Flood Map:   National Flood Insurance Rate Map Community Panel Number 060352 0001D (08/02/82).
     
Flood Zone:   FEMA Zone D: Unstudied area where flood hazards are undetermined but flooding is possible. No mandatory flood insurance purchase requirements apply, but coverage is available in participating communities.
     
Wetlands:   We were not given a Wetlands survey. If subsequent engineering data reveal the presence of regulated wetlands, it could materially affect property value. We did not note any presence of wetlands during our inspection We recommend a wetlands survey by a competent engineering firm.
         
VALUATION SERVICES   53   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

SITE DESCRIPTION

     
Seismic Hazard:   The site is not located in a Special Study Zone as established by California’s Alquist-Priolo Geological Hazards Act. The entire Central California region, however, is prone to earthquakes.
     
Hazardous Substances:   We observed no evidence of toxic or hazardous substances during our inspection of the site. However, we are not trained to perform technical environmental inspections and recommend the services of a professional engineer for this purpose.
     
Overall Functionality:   The subject site is functional for the current intended use.
         
VALUATION SERVICES   54   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

IMPROVEMENTS DESCRIPTION

The following description of improvements is based upon our physical inspection of the improvements along with our discussions with the Executive Director. Please refer to the development plan and floor plans in the Addenda.

The facility was constructed in 1975 and contains 37,113 square feet of gross building area within one, two-story building. The facility has 70 units and a capacity of 70 beds. We note that the property originally was operated with 72 units however, four small studio units were converted into two, one-bedroom units. The unit mix for the development is as follows.

Retirement Inn of Campbell

                                 
    No.   No.   Unit   Total
Description   Units   Beds   Sq.Ft.   Sq.Ft.

 
 
 
 
Assisted Living
                               
Studio
    41       41       204       8,364  
Studio Large
    27       27       240       6,480  
One-Bedroom
    2       2       408       816  
 
                           
 
Totals
    70       70               15,660  

General Description

     
Year Built:   1975
     
Number of Buildings:   One
     
Number of Stories:   Two
     
Gross Building Area:   37,113 ± square feet
     
Number of Units:   70
     
Number of Beds:   70
     
Design and Functionality:   The building is an assisted living property of wood frame construction. The improvements have above average appeal to prospective assisted living residents.
     
Amenities:   Indoor and outdoor common areas

Construction Detail

         
Basic Construction:   Wood frame    
         
Foundation:   Poured reinforced concrete    
         
Framing:   Wood frame (Class D) construction. Interior partitions are wood studs.  
         
Floors:   Concrete slab on main floor, wood truss joists on the second floor.    
         
VALUATION SERVICES   55   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

IMPROVEMENTS DESCRIPTION

     
Exterior Walls:   The exterior facade of the building consists of stucco with wood trim.
     
Roof Cover:   Wood truss roofing system covered with a clay tile cover.
     
Windows:   All windows are single-glazed sliders situated in aluminum frames.

Mechanical Detail

     
Heating:   Heating and cooling to the building is supplied by roof mounted gas HVAC systems.
     
Plumbing:   The plumbing system is assumed to be adequate for existing use and in compliance with local law and building codes. The plumbing system is typical of other assisted living properties in the area with a combination of copper supply lines and plastic or cast iron waste and vent lines throughout the improvements. There is one set of common restrooms on each floor. All of the living units have private bathrooms with sink, toilet and step-in (handicap) showers. The remaining plumbing items consist of water service to the kitchen, facility laundry, resident laundry rooms and mechanical rooms. Hot water is provided by natural gas water heaters.
     
Electrical Service:   Electricity for the building is obtained through low voltage underground power lines. Electrical service appears adequate and is assumed to be in conformance with city codes
     
Emergency Power:   The building’s electrical system is backed by an emergency generator serving all building safety and support systems.
     
Elevator Service:   The building contains one, 2,500 pound capacity hydraulic elevator. The elevators in the facility were recently renovated.
     
Fire Protection:   The building is fully protected by an overhead fire sprinklered system. Each unit and the common areas have electric smoke and heat detectors in compliance with local code. The building also has interior stairwells built to fire code. There are an adequate number of fire hydrants in the vicinity of the improvements.
     
Security:   Resident call systems in all of the resident living areas and bathrooms, as well as emergency battery back-up lighting system and corridor handrails on both sides.
         
VALUATION SERVICES   56   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

IMPROVEMENTS DESCRIPTION

Interior Detail

     
Layout:   The building is roughly rectangular in shape and all living/common areas surround an enclosed courtyard. The main floor common areas include the lobby, living room, administrative offices, laundry, employee lounge, three resident lounges, the kitchen, central dining room, and guest dining room. Common areas on the second floor include a beauty shop, and four resident lounges. The living units are located along the perimeter elevations of both floors facing both the courtyard and exterior elevations of the building.
     
    There are two different sizes for the studio units (standard and alcove). The standard units contain 204 square feet, the alcove units 240 square feet and the one-bedroom units 408 square feet. All of the resident living units are rectangular in shape and have bathrooms with a toilet, sink and roll-in shower stalls, as well as several storage/closet areas. None of the units have kitchenettes. Some units have either a patio or balcony. All the units have emergency call systems in the bedroom and bathrooms.
     
    Overall, the unit sizes and layouts are small for assisted living. Reference is made to the unit and floor plans in the Addenda.
     
Floor Covering:   The common areas have carpet and vinyl floor coverings. The living units have carpeting and vinyl (bathrooms). All high activity areas have vinyl and/or tile floors (kitchen, shower rooms, etc.). All of the hallways in the facility were recently recarpeted.
     
Walls:   Painted and textured or wallpapered gypsum board. There are various accents through the buildings, including wainscoting, handrails and vinyl accent coverings.
     
Ceilings:   Painted and textured gypsum board.
     
Bathrooms:   Each resident unit is equipped with a private bathroom. All bathrooms consist of a walk-in shower with wall-mounted showerhead, toilet and sink and sheet vinyl floor covering, and a combination wall papered gypsum board walls.
     
Kitchen Facilities:   All meals for the residents are prepared in a central kitchen. Equipment includes a gas range, steel hood with fire suppression system, dishwashers, stainless steel preparation tables, walk-in coolers and walk-in freezers.

Site Improvements

     
Parking:   There are 14 open surface parking spaces located along the front and northwest portion of the facility, which equates to a ratio of 0.20 per unit. Overall, the parking appears to be adequate for the facility given that most residents do not have a vehicle.
         
VALUATION SERVICES   57   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

IMPROVEMENTS DESCRIPTION

     
Onsite Landscaping:   Landscaping consists of grass areas and planted areas with a variety of deciduous trees, flowering plants and shrubbery. There are two common courtyard areas with sitting areas. All landscaped areas are fully irrigated with an automatic irrigation system.
     
Other:   Other site improvements include signage, trash enclosures, paved asphalt drives, concrete sidewalks and walking paths, as well as fencing.

Summary

     
Condition:   The subject improvements are considered to be in average condition. The improvements, because of their age, however, are considered to be somewhat dated with regard relative to much of the competing properties and newer assisted living product in the marketplace.
     
    We did not inspect the roof of the building or make a detailed inspection of the mechanical systems. The appraisers, however, are not qualified to render an opinion as to the adequacy or condition of these components. The client is urged to retain an expert in this field if detailed information is needed about the adequacy and condition of mechanical systems.
     
Quality:   The overall quality of the improvements is rated as average and is similar to inferior to the competition in the market area.
     
Layout & Functional Plan:   Average. The facility is considered to be functional for its intended use. There are adequate common areas, although the units are small and corridors are narrower than newer competing facilities. The furnishings and fixtures appear to be of average quality. The living area of the facility equates to around 61 percent of the total area. This equates to around 39 percent of the facility being designated common area, similar to today’s design of around 40 percent to 60 percent common area.
     
Year Built:   1975
     
Effective Age:   28 years
     
Expected Economic Life:   50 years
     
Remaining Economic Life:   21 years

Americans With Disabilities Act

The Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA) became effective January 26, 1992. We have not made, nor are we qualified by training to make, a specific compliance survey and analysis of this property to determine whether or not it is in conformity with the various detailed requirements of the ADA. It is possible that a compliance survey and a detailed analysis of the requirements of the ADA could reveal that the property is not in compliance with one or more of the requirements of the Act. If so, this fact could have a negative effect upon the value of the

         
VALUATION SERVICES   58   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

IMPROVEMENTS DESCRIPTION

property. Since we have not been provided with the results of a survey, we did not analyze the results of possible non-compliance.

Hazardous Substances

We are not aware of any potentially hazardous materials (such as formaldehyde foam insulation, asbestos insulation, radon gas emitting materials, or other potentially hazardous materials), which may have been used in the construction of the improvements. However, we are not qualified to detect such materials and urge the client to employ an expert in the field to determine if such hazardous materials are thought to exist.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   59   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

REAL PROPERTY TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS

Taxes are levied against all real property in this locale for the purpose of providing funding for the various municipalities. The amount of ad valorem taxes is determined by the current assessed value for the property in conjunction with the total combined tax rate for the municipalities. The property is subject to the taxing jurisdiction of Santa Clara County. The assessors’ parcel identification number is 307-47-029.

Under the provisions of Article XIIIA of the California Tax and Revenue Code, properties are assessed their market value as of March 1, 1975, the base year lien date. This value may be increased only 2.0 percent per year, with few exceptions. Events such as a transfer of ownership, or significant new construction will trigger a reassessment of the property. The county assessor usually accepts the sale price, or the cost of improvements, in calculating assessed value. Assessed values are usually poor indicators of actual market value and are useful only to estimate effective tax rates.

The 2002-2003 fiscal tax year is the most recent year for both assessed value and tax information for the subject. This data is shown below.

PROPERTY ASSESSMENT/TAX DATA

           
      2002-2003
     
Assessor’s Market Value:
       
 
Land
  $ 2,124,733  
 
Improvements
    3,124,089  
 
   
 
 
Assessor’s Market Value:
  $ 5,248,822  
Equalization/Assessment Ratio
    100.00 %
 
   
 
Assessed Value
  $ 5,248,822  
Tax Rate ($/$1, 000 AV)
    13.6210  
 
   
 
Total Property Taxes
  $ 71,494.00  
Building Area
    37,113  
Property Taxes per Square Foot
  $ 1.93  
No. of Units
    70  
Property Taxes per Unit
  $ 1,021.34  

We did not do any direct comparison with other senior housing facilities in the market area. As noted previously, assessed values are usually poor indicators of market value and in the case of the subject and its higher level of quality, any direct comparison to the existing product in the Campbell market area would not provide any substantial of support towards an assessment estimate.

The definition of market value used in this report assumes a sale of the property. If the property were sold, it would be reassessed according to the county assessor’s opinion of its market value, which is typically the sale price. The current assessment of the property of $5,248,822 is considered reasonable based on our market value estimates determined herein.

For the purposes of our Year 1 proforma, we have increased the current taxes for the property by 3.0 percent. Based on the current tax liability of, this equates to a forecast tax liability of $73,638 or $73,600. The increased taxes will be reflected in our proforma model in the Income Capitalization Approach.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   60   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

ZONING

The property is zoned R-2-S, Multiple Family Residential, with a conditional use zoning for an assisted living facility. According to the City of Campbell zoning regulations, the residential zoning allows for single- and multi-family uses. Senior housing, such as the subject use, requires a Conditional Use permit in Campbell.

Under a planned development zoning designation, all building requirements for the proposed structure are determined during the approval process.

We are not experts in the interpretation of complex zoning ordinances but the property appears to be a conforming use based on our review of public information. The determination of compliance is beyond the scope of a real estate appraisal.

We know of no other deed restrictions, private or public, that further limit the subject property’s use. The research required to determine whether or not such restrictions exist, however, is beyond the scope of this appraisal assignment. Deed restrictions are a legal matter and only a title examination by an attorney or title company can usually uncover such restrictive covenants. Thus, we recommend a title search to determine if any such restrictions

         
VALUATION SERVICES   61   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

HIGHEST AND BEST USE

Definition Of Highest And Best Use

According to The Dictionary of Real Estate Appraisal, Third Edition (1993), a publication of the Appraisal Institute, the highest and best use is defined as:

    The reasonably probable and legal use of vacant land or an improved property, which is physically possible, appropriately supported, financially feasible, and that results in the highest value. The four criteria the highest and best use must meet are legal permissibility, physical possibility, financial feasibility, and maximum profitability.

Highest And Best Use Criteria

We evaluated the site’s highest and best use both as currently improved and as if vacant. In both cases, the property’s highest and best use must meet four criteria described above.

Legally Permissible

The first test concerns permitted uses. According to our understanding of the zoning ordinance, noted earlier in this report, the site may legally be improved with structures that accommodate single- and multi-family residential uses. Aside from the site’s zoning and regulations, we are not aware of any legal restrictions that limit the potential uses of the subject.

Physically Possible

The second test is what is physically possible. As discussed in the “Property Description,” the site’s size, soil, topography, etc. do not physically limit its use. The subject site is of adequate shape and size to accommodate almost all suburban land uses.

Financial Feasibility and Maximal Productivity

The third and fourth tests are, respectively, what is feasible and what will produce the highest net return. After analyzing the physically possible and legally permissible uses of the property, the highest and best use must be considered in light of financial feasibility and maximum productivity. For a potential use to be seriously considered, it must have the potential to provide a sufficient return to attract investment capital over alternative forms of investment. A positive net income or acceptable rate of return would indicate that a use is financially feasible.

As stated in the Competitive Market Analysis section, population, income and age statistics would indicate that demand for senior living options in the subject area is considered good. This relates to the economic feasibility of developing a property similar to the subject. The stabilized facilities in the subject’s market area are exhibiting occupancies at or above 90 percent. As such, market conditions for senior living in the subject’s primary market area is considered good.

Highest and Best Use of Site As Though Vacant

Considering the subject site’s size, configuration and topography, location among other assisted living properties and state of the local assisted living market, it is our opinion that the Highest and Best Use of the subject site as though vacant is multi-family residential property developed to the highest density possible.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   62   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

HIGHEST AND BEST USE

Highest and Best Use of Property As Improved

According to the Dictionary of Real Estate Appraisal, highest and best use of the property as improved is defined as:

    The use that should be made of a property as it exists. An existing property should be renovated or retained as is so long as it continues to contribute to the total market value of the property, or until the return from a new improvement would more than offset the cost of demolishing the existing building and constructing a new one.

As discussed, an assisted living facility exists on the site. The design, layout, as well as average unit size of the facility is considered average. The improvements are older and the unit sizes are smaller than the newer competitive properties in the marketplace. As will be demonstrated in the Sales Comparison Approach and the Income Capitalization Approach, the operating characteristics of an assisted living facility represent a viable facility from a revenue-producing standpoint.

Alternative uses for the existing improvements, however, would be limited due to the overall design (smaller rooms and limited individual cooking facilities). As a result, any conversion to an alternative use would be costly.

It is our opinion that the existing complex adds value to the site as if vacant, and rent levels of existing leases encumbering the subject property would dictate a continuation of the current use. Therefore, it is our opinion that the Highest and Best Use of the subject property as improved is as it is currently utilized as an assisted living facility.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   63   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

VALUATION PROCESS

Methodology

There are three generally accepted approaches available in developing an opinion of value: the Cost, Sales Comparison and Income Capitalization approaches. We have considered and analyzed each in this Appraisal to develop an opinion of the market value of the subject property, because this is a complete appraisal. In appraisal practice, an approach to value is included or eliminated based on its applicability to the property type being valued and the quality of information available. Each approach is discussed below, and applicability to the subject property is briefly addressed in the following summary.

Land Value

Developing an opinion of land value is typically accomplished via the Sales Comparison Approach by analyzing sites of comparable utility adjusted for differences, to indicate a value for the subject parcel. Valuation is typically accomplished using a unit of comparison such as price per square foot or acre. Adjustments are applied to the units of comparison from an analysis of comparable sales, and the adjusted unit of comparison is then used to derive a total value.

The reliability of this approach is dependent upon (a) the availability of comparable sales data; (b) the verification of the sales data; (c) the degree of comparability; (d) the absence of non-typical conditions affecting the sales price.

Cost Approach

The Cost Approach is based upon the proposition that an informed purchaser would pay no more for the subject than the cost to produce a substitute property with equivalent utility. This approach is particularly applicable when the property being appraised involves relatively new improvements, which represent the highest and best use of the land; or when relatively unique or specialized improvements are located on the site, for which there exist few sales or leases of comparable properties.

In the Cost Approach, the appraiser forms an opinion of the cost of all improvements, depreciating them to reflect value loss from physical, functional and external causes. Land value, entrepreneurial profit and depreciated improvement costs are then added for a total value.

Sales Comparison Approach

The Sales Comparison Approach utilizes sales of comparable properties, adjusted for differences, to indicate a value for the subject property. Valuation is typically accomplished using a unit of comparison such as price per square foot, effective gross income multiplier or net income multiplier. Adjustments are applied to the units of comparison from an analysis of comparable sales, and the adjusted unit of comparison is then used to derive a total value.

The reliability of this approach is dependent upon (a) the availability of comparable sales data; (b) the verification of the sales data; (c) the degree of comparability; (d) the absence of non-typical conditions affecting the sales price.

Income Capitalization Approach

This approach first determines the income-producing capacity of a property by utilizing contract rents on leases in place and by estimating market rent from rental activity at competing properties. Deductions then are made for vacancy and collection loss and operating expenses. The resulting net operating income is capitalized at an overall capitalization rate to derive an

         
VALUATION SERVICES   64   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

VALUATION PROCESS

opinion of value. The capitalization rate represents the relationship between net operating income and value.

Related to the Direct Capitalization Method is the Discounted Cash Flow Method. In this method, periodic cash flows (which consist of net operating income less capital costs) and a reversionary value are developed and discounted to a present value using an internal rate of return that is determined by analyzing current investor yield requirements for similar investments.

The reliability of the Income Capitalization Approach depends upon whether investors actively purchase the subject property type for income potential, as well as the quality and quantity of available income and expense data from comparable investments.

Summary

This Appraisal employs all three typical approaches to value: the Cost Approach, the Sales Comparison Approach and the Income Capitalization Approach. Based on our analysis and knowledge of the subject property type and relevant investor profiles, it is our opinion that all approaches would be considered meaningful and applicable in developing a credible value conclusion.

The valuation process is concluded by analyzing each approach to value used in the appraisal. When more than one approach is used, each approach is judged based on its applicability, reliability, and the quantity and quality of its data. A final value opinion is chosen that either corresponds to one of the approaches to value, or is a correlation of all the approaches used in the appraisal.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   65   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

LAND VALUATION

We used the Sales Comparison Approach to develop an opinion of land value. In this method, we analyzed prices buyers have recently paid for similar sites in this area, as well as examined current offerings. In making comparisons, we adjusted the sale prices for differences between this site and the comparable sites. We present on the following pages a summary of pertinent details of sites recently sold that we compared to the site appraised.

In the valuation of the subject’s fee simple interest, the Sales Comparison Approach has been used to establish prices being paid for comparably zoned land. The most widely used and market oriented unit of comparison for properties with characteristics similar to those of the subject is the sale price per square foot of land area. All transactions utilized in this analysis are computed on this basis.

Real estate developers make qualitative and quantitative judgments in the acquisition of a site with development potential such as the subject property. Subjectively, a developer considers the nature of surrounding land uses and proximity to complimentary services to a potential project. Objectively, the physical and functional attributes of the site, and the cost of preparing it for construction must be calculated. Lying between these two considerations are the many aesthetic and economic factors, which come to influence the final product.

The major elements of comparison for analysis of this type include the property rights conveyed, the financial terms incorporated into a particular transaction, the conditions or motivations surrounding the sale, changes in market conditions since the sale, the location of the real estate, its utility and the physical characteristics of the property.

 

         
VALUATION SERVICES   66   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)


 

LAND VALUATION

LAND SALES MAP

(LAND SALES MAP)

         
VALUATION SERVICES   67   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)


 

LAND VALUATION

SUMMARY OF LAND SALES

                                     
        Price   Site SqFt   Zoning       $/SqFt    
       
 
 
  Public Utilities  
   
No.   Location   Date   Site Acres   Utility*   Units   $/Unit   COMMENTS

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1   891-945 Cinnabar Street
San Jose, CA
  $ 13,650,000     158,123 SF   PD   Yes   $ 86.33     To develop an affordable
apartment property.
          10/02     3.6300 Ac   Good   245   $ 55,714      
2   1523-1533 West San Carlos Street
San Jose, CA
  $ 6,635,000     136,343 SF   M-1   Yes   $ 48.66     To develop an afforadable
senior housing property.
          7/02     3.1300 Ac   Good   130   $ 51,038      
3   1178 McLaughlin Avenue
San Jose, CA
  $ 4,200,000     85,041 SF   PD   Yes   $ 49.39     To develop an affordable
apartment property.
          3/02     1.9523 Ac   Good   130   $ 32,308      
4   NWC Angews & Montague Expressway
Santa Clara, CA
  $ 15,000,000     223,880 SF   PD-MC   Yes   $ 67.00     To develop a market rate
property.
          3/02     5.1396 Ac   Good   250   $ 60,000      
                                         
    Price   Site SqFt   Zoning       $/SqFt
   
 
 
  Utilities  
    Date   Site Acres   Utility*   Units   $/Unit
   
 
 
 
 
Survey Low
  $ 4,200,000     85,041 SF     N/A       N/A     $ 48.66  
Survey High
  $ 15,000,000     223,880 SF     N/A       N/A     $ 86.33  
Average
  $ 9,871,250     150,847 SF     N/A       N/A     $ 62.84  
Survey Low
    3/02     1.9523 Ac     N/A       130     $ 32,308  
Survey High
    10/02     5.1396 Ac     N/A       250     $ 60,000  
Average
    5/02     3.4630 Ac     N/A       189     $ 49,765  
Subject Property
            48,787       R-2-S     Yes     N/A  
 
            1.1200     Good     70       N/A  

*Utility includes shape, access, frontage and visibility.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   68   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)


 

LAND VALUATION

Adjustment Process

Property Rights Conveyed

All of the sales utilized in this analysis involved the transfer of the fee simple interest. No adjustments were required.

Financial Terms

To the best of our knowledge, all of the sales utilized in this analysis were accomplished with cash and/or cash and market-oriented financing. Therefore, no adjustment for financial terms is required for the comparables.

Conditions of Sale

Adjustments for conditions of sale usually reflect the motivations of the buyer and the seller. In many situations the conditions of sale may significantly affect transaction prices. However, all sales used in this analysis are considered to be “arms-length” market transactions between both knowledgeable buyers and sellers on the open market. Therefore, no adjustments for conditions of sale are required for the comparables.

Market Conditions

The sales included in this analysis date between March 3, 2002 and October 3, 2002. The market has changed over this time period. The appropriate adjustment was made to each comparable.

Location

An adjustment for location is required when the locational characteristics of a comparable property are different from those of the subject property. A senior housing location is dependent on its visibility and access, as well as proximity to transportation and support services. The subject property is considered to exhibit a good location, but it has average access and visibility. We have made a negative adjustment to those comparables considered superior in location versus the subject. Conversely, a positive adjustment was made to those comparables considered inferior. Each comparable was adjusted accordingly.

Size

The size adjustment generally reflects the inverse relationship expressed between unit price and lot size. Smaller lots tend to sell for higher unit prices than larger lots, and vice versa. Hence, positive adjustments were made to larger land parcels, and negative adjustments were made to smaller land parcels. Each comparable was adjusted accordingly.

Public Utilities

All of the sales, like the subject, had full access to public utilities at the time of sale; therefore, no adjustments for this characteristic were required.

Utility

The subject property has good utility. The parcel is adequately shaped to accommodate a typical building, and it has average access, frontage and visibility. When a comparable is considered to have superior or inferior utility, an adjustment was made.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   69   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)


 

LAND VALUATION

Other

In some cases, other variables will impact the price of a transaction. Some examples would include soil or slope conditions, restrictive zoning, easements, wetlands or external influences. In our analysis of the comparables we found that no unusual conditions existed at the time of sale. As a result, no adjustments were required.

Discussion of Comparable Sales

Comparable Sale No. 1

This is the October 2002 sale of a multi-family site located in San Jose, California. The parcel contains 3.63 acres. At the time of sale, this comparable was considered superior to the subject. No adjustments for property rights conveyed, financing or conditions of sale were necessary. Market conditions have not changed in the period since the sale. The comparable is of a similar size to the subject. The comparable has similar utility in relation to the subject. Negative adjustments were warranted for location. Positive adjustments were not warranted.

Comparable Sale No. 2

This is the July 2002 sale of a multi-family site located in San Jose, California. The parcel contains 3.13 acres. At the time of sale, this comparable was considered similar to the subject. No adjustments for property rights conveyed, financing or conditions of sale were necessary. Market conditions have not changed in the period since the sale. The comparable is of a similar size to the subject. The comparable has similar utility in relation to the subject. Negative adjustments were not warranted. Positive adjustments were not warranted.

Comparable Sale No. 3

This is the March 2002 sale of a multi-family site located in San Jose, California. The parcel contains 1.9523 acres. At the time of sale, this comparable was considered similar to the subject. No adjustments for property rights conveyed, financing or conditions of sale were necessary. Market conditions have not changed in the period since the sale. The comparable is of a similar size to the subject. The comparable has similar utility in relation to the subject. Negative adjustments were not warranted. Positive adjustments were not warranted.

Comparable Sale No. 4

This is the March 2002 sale of a multi-family site located in Santa Clara, California. The parcel contains 5.14 acres. At the time of sale, this comparable was considered superior to the subject. No adjustments for property rights conveyed, financing or conditions of sale were necessary. Market conditions have not changed in the period since the sale. The comparable is of an inferior size to the subject. The comparable has similar utility in relation to the subject. Negative adjustments were warranted for location, while a positive adjustment was warranted for size.

A summary of our land sale adjustments is presented below.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   70   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)


 

LAND VALUATION

LAND SALE ADJUSTMENT GRID

                                                 
            Economic Adjustments (Cumulative)        
            Property   Financing &                        
    $ /SqFt   Rights   Conditions   Exp. After   Market*        
No.   Date   Conveyed   of Sale   Purchase   Conditions   Subtotal

 
 
 
 
 
 
1
  $ 86.33     Fee Simple/Mkt.   Arms-Length   None   Similar   $ 86.33  
 
    10/02       0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %
2
  $ 48.66     Fee Simple/Mkt.   Arms-Length   None   Similar   $ 48.66  
 
    7/02       0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %
3
  $ 49.39     Fee Simple/Mkt.   Arms-Length   None   Similar   $ 49.39  
 
    3/02       0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %
4
  $ 67.00     Fee Simple/Mkt.   Arms-Length   None   Similar   $ 67.00  
 
    3/02       0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %

[Additional columns below]

[Continued from above table, first column(s) repeated]

                                                                 
            Property Characteristic Adjustments (Additive)                
    $ /SqFt                   Public                   Adj.        
No.   Date   Location   Size   Utilities   Utility**   Other   $ /SqFt   Overall

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1
  $ 86.33       Superior       Similar       Similar       Similar       Similar     $ 51.80     Superior
 
    10/02       -40.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     -40.0 %        
2
  $ 48.66       Similar       Similar       Similar       Similar       Similar     $ 48.66     Similar
 
    7/02       0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %        
3
  $ 49.39       Similar       Similar       Similar       Similar       Similar     $ 49.39     Similar
 
    3/02       0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %        
4
  $ 67.00       Superior       Larger       Similar       Similar       Similar     $ 43.55     Superior
 
  3/02       -40.0 %     5.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     -35.0 %        
                                   
SUMMARY   Unadjusted   Adjusted

 
 
      $/SF Land   $/AC Land   $/SF Land   $/AC Land
     
 
 
 
Price Range                                
 
Low
  $ 48.66     $ 2,119,805     $ 43.55     $ 1,897,042  
 
High
  $ 86.33     $ 3,760,326     $ 51.80     $ 2,256,195  
 
Average
  $ 62.84     $ 2,737,499     $ 48.35     $ 2,106,094  
Net Adjustment Range (Additive Property Characteristics)
 
Low
    -40.0 %                        
 
High
    0.0 %                        
 
Average
    -18.8 %                        

*Market Conditions Adjustment
Compound annual change in market conditions:        Santa Clara
Date of Value (for adjustment calculations):               03/31/2003
**Utility includes shape, access, frontage and visibility.

Summary of Sales and Opinion of Site Value

After considering the differences between each comparable and the subject, the adjusted sales price range is $48.66 to $64.74 per square foot of site area. We have elected to conclude within this range and our opinion of land value indicated by the Sales Comparison Approach is:

         
    $/Sq.Ft.
   
Sq.Ft.:
    88,862  
Opinion of Value:
    X $45.00  
     
 
Indicated Land Value:
  $ 2,195,415  
Rounded Land Value:
  $ 2,200,000  
         
VALUATION SERVICES   71   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)


 

COST APPROACH

Methodology

The Cost Approach is based on the principle of substitution, which states that no prudent person will pay more for a property than the cost of acquiring a site and constructing, without undue delay, an equally desirable and useful property. The steps have been outlined under the Valuation Process section of this report. We have previously developed an opinion of land value at $2,200,000.

Replacement Cost New (RCN)

In this section, we will estimate the replacement cost of the existing improvements. Generally, there are three methods of estimating replacement cost; 1) review of the actual/proposed costs of the subject, 2) review of construction costs of other similar type properties, and 3) estimating costs from published cost data sources. In the case of the subject, we were not not provided with actual construction costs for the improvements.

Marshall Valuation Service

As a check towards the above comparisons, we have estimated the replacement cost for the improvements from the Calculator Section in the Marshall Valuation Service, a nationally recognized publication containing construction costs for all types of improvements. Base costs in the Marshall Valuation Service are revised monthly and adjustment factors are provided to reflect regional and local cost variations.

Base Building Costs

The published costs include all direct costs for the base structure and tenant improvements, and the following indirect costs:

1.   Plans, specifications, and building permits, including engineer’s and architect’s fees;
 
2.   Interest on construction funds during the construction period;
 
3.   Sales taxes on materials; and
 
4.   Contractor’s overhead and profit, including worker’s compensation, fire and liability insurance, unemployment insurance, etc.

These base building costs, adjusted for any unique building characteristics and cost multipliers, are presented in the cost summary chart following this section.

Base Construction Costs

In referencing the Marshall Valuation Service cost manual, we have used base costs for an average quality Class D Multiple Residence – Elderly Assisted Living in Section 12/Page 16. The indicated base cost for the improvements is $56.84 per square foot. Adjustments include $2.00 per square foot for sprinklers. Multiplier adjustments include 1.04 for current conditions, 1.28 for location, 1.00 for story height and .93 for perimeter.

Personal Property (Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment)

Based on the Marshall Valuation Service cost manual, the cost of furnishings, fixtures and equipment is estimated to be $3,500 per unit/bed or $245,000 for the 70 units.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   72   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)


 

COST APPROACH

Site Improvement Costs

Site improvement costs are not included in our Base Building Cost opinion. These include landscaping, asphalt paving, walkways, etc. Site improvement costs are estimated to be $97,574.

Other Indirect Costs

Other indirect costs not included in the RCN of building and site improvements are developer overhead, property taxes, permanent loan fees, legal costs, developer fees, contingencies, and lease-up and marketing costs.

Research into these costs leads to the conclusion that an average property requires an allowance for other indirect costs of between 8.00 percent and 12.00 percent of RCN of building improvements plus site improvements. We have chosen to use percent in our analysis.

Pre-Marketing/Stabilization Costs

Total costs to bring the property into production to a stabilized occupancy level include marketing and pre-marketing expenses, operating losses incurred during fill-up, promotional and public relations expenses, marketing consultants, and professional advertising through the various media. Based upon our knowledge of these expenses for similar facilities, and discussions with marketing specialists and consultants, we estimated the total costs to bring the property into production at stabilized occupancy to be approximately $385,000 or $5,500 per unit. We note that this estimate presumes a healthy market and a competent marketing/management team.

Entrepreneurial Profit

Entrepreneurial profit represents the return to the developer for taking the construction and lease-up risk. Market conditions can influence entrepreneurial profit. Based upon our discussions with developers in the local market, this figure tends to range between 10.00 percent to 20.00 percent of total direct and indirect costs. We chose to use .15 percent.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   73   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)


 

COST APPROACH

Accrued Depreciation

There are three sources of accrued depreciation:

     
Physical Deterioration:   The subject improvements were built in 1975. We have used the economic age-life method to develop an opinion of physical deterioration. In the Improvements Description section of this report, we developed an opinion that the effective age of the subject to be 28 years and the economic life to be 50 years. This results in a physical deterioration of 58.00 percent (effective age divided by economic life).
     
    The furniture, fixtures and equipment (FF&E). We have concluded that the effective age of the FF&E to be 28 years and the economic life to be 10 years. This results in a physical deterioration of 80.00 percent (effective age divided by economic life).
     
Functional Obsolescence:   Due to the fact that our RCN opinion considers the construction of the subject improvements utilizing modern materials and current standards, design and layout, functional obsolescence is not applicable. Therefore, functional obsolescence is zero percent. We do acknowledge that the improvements are older and the unit sizes are smaller than the newer competitive properties in the marketplace.
     
External Obsolescence:   Based upon a review of the specific location of the subject as well as the local assisted living market, external obsolescence is zero percent.
     
Total Depreciation:   The sum of these elements of accrued depreciation is 58.00 percent for the improvements and 80.00 percent for the FF&E.

Conclusion

Please refer to the following page for our Cost Approach summary that concludes to a market value opinion as follows:

         
    Value
   
Cost Approach Conclusion
  $ 3,937,711  
Rounded
  $ 3,950,000  
Per Unit
  $ 56,429  
         
VALUATION SERVICES   74   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)


 

COST APPROACH

COST APPROACH SUMMARY

                                   
                              Total
    SqFt   $/SqFt   Total   Cost
   
 
 
 
REPLACEMENT COST NEW (RCN)
                               
Building Base Cost
    37,113     $ 56.84     $ 2,109,503          
 
Sprinklers
    37,113     $ 2.00       74,226          
 
           
     
         
 
Subtotal (GBA)
    37,113     $ 58.84     $ 2,183,729          
 
                   
         
Subtotal of Building Costs
                  $ 2,183,729          
Multipliers
                               
 
Current Cost
            1.040                  
 
Local Area
            1.280                  
 
Perimeter (approximate; blended)
            0.927                  
 
Building Height
            1.000                  
 
Product of Multipliers
                    x 1.234          
 
                   
         
Adjusted Base Cost
                  $ 2,694,770          
Furnishings, Fixtures & Equipment
                               
 
FF&E
  $ 3,500     $/Unit   $ 245,000          
 
                   
         
Total Furnishings, Fixtures & Equipment
                  $ 245,000          
Site Improvements
  $ 2.00     $/SqFt   $ 97,574          
 
                   
         
Total Direct Costs
                  $ 3,037,344          
 
Plus: Indirect Costs (% of Direct Costs)
    10.0 %           $ 303,734          
 
                   
         
Subtotal Replacement Cost New ( RCN )
                          $ 3,341,079  
Pre-Marketing/Stabilization Costs
  $ 5,500     $/Unit   $ 385,000          
 
                   
         
Subtotal
                          $ 3,726,079  
 
Plus: Entrepreneurial Profit (% of RCN)
    15.0 %                     558,912  
 
                           
 
Total Replacement Cost New ( RCN )
                          $ 4,284,991  
 
Per Square Foot
                          $ 37,113.00  
 
Per Unit
                          $ 61,214  
                                             
        Improvements           FF&E                
       
         
               
ACCRUED DEPRECIATION                                        
  Physical Deterioration                                        
   
Effective Age (Years):
  29 Years           8 Years                
   
Total Expected Economic Life
  50 Years           10 Years                
 
   
             
                 
   
Total Physical Depreciation:
    58.0 %   $ 2,321,880       80.0 %   $ 225,400          
 
Functional Obsolescence
    0.0 %     0                          
 
External Obsolescence
    0.0 %     0                          
 
   
     
     
     
         
Total
    58.0 %   $ 2,321,880       80.0 %   $ 225,400     $ 2,547,280  
 
                                   
 
Depreciated Value of the Improvements
                                  $ 1,737,711  
 
Per Square Foot GBA
                                  $ 91.16  
 
Per Unit
                                  $ 108,746  
Plus Land Value
                                  $ 2,200,000  
 
                                   
 
Indicated Value
                                  $ 3,937,711  
 
Rounded to nearest $25,000
                                  $ 3,950,000  
 
Per Unit
                                  $ 56,429  
 
Per Square Foot
                                  $ 106.43  
         
Source: Marshall Valuation Service   Section: 12   Quality: Average
    Section: 16     Class: D
    Date: 8/02     Type: Multiple Residences - Elderly Assisted Living
         
VALUATION SERVICES   75   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)


 

SALES COMPARISON APPROACH

Methodology

In the Sales Comparison Approach, we developed an opinion of value by comparing this property with similar, recently sold properties in the surrounding or competing area. Inherent in this approach is the principle of substitution, which states that when a property is replaceable in the market, its value tends to be set at the cost of acquiring an equally desirable substitute property, assuming that no costly delay is encountered in making the substitution.

By analyzing sales that qualify as arm’s-length transactions between willing and knowledgeable buyers and sellers, we can identify value and price trends. The basic steps of this approach are:

1.   Research recent, relevant property sales and current offerings throughout the competitive area;
 
2.   Select and analyze properties that are similar to the property appraised, analyzing changes in economic conditions that may have occurred between the sale date and the date of value, and other physical, functional, or locational factors;
 
3.   Identify sales that include favorable financing and calculate the cash equivalent price;
 
4.   Reduce the sale prices to a common unit of comparison such as price per square foot, price per unit or effective gross income multiplier;
 
5.   Make appropriate comparative adjustments to the prices of the comparable properties to relate them to the property being appraised; and
 
6.   Interpret the adjusted sales data and draw a logical value conclusion.

The most widely used and market-oriented unit of comparison for properties such as the subject is the sales price per unit basis. All comparable sales were analyzed on this basis.

On the following pages we present a summary of the improved properties that we compared to the subject property, a map showing their locations, and an adjustment grid. Detail sheets describing these sales can be found in the Addenda.

Due to the nature of the subject property and the level of detail available for the comparable data, we have elected to analyze the comparables through application of:

  A cash flow multiplier (CFM) analysis
 
  An effective gross income multiplier (EGIM) analysis
 
  A traditional adjustment grid utilizing percentage adjustments

         
VALUATION SERVICES   76   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)


 

SALES COMPARISON APPROACH

SENIOR HOUSING SALES

                                     
                        Average        
                Sale Price   Unit SF   % Occ.
    Name   Property   Grantee  
 
 
No.   Property   Type   Grantor   Date   Bldg SqFt   # Units

 
 
 
 
 
 
            625 Management Company
LLC
  $ 23,125,000       623       97.0 %
1   Carmel Village
17077 San Mateo Street
Fountain Valley, CA
  IL/AL   Carmel Village Retirement
Residence LLC
    1/03       117,666       189 units  
            Healthcare Property
Investors LLC
  $ 8,800,000       693       95.0 %
2   Emerald Hills
11550 Education Street
Auburn, CA
  AL   ALCO IV LLC     9/02       61,677       89 units  
            CNL Retirement Properties   $ 8,055,600       601       95.0 %
3   Mapleride of Laguna Creek
6727 Laguna Park Drive
Elk Grove, CA
  AL   Marriott Senior Living
Services
    1/02       50,476       84 units  
            Emeritus Senior Living   $ 8,500,000       842       95.0 %
4   Woodmark at Summit Ridge
5165 Summit Ridge Court
Reno, NV
  AL/ALZ   Woodmart at Summit Ridge
LLC
    2/02       77,445       92 units  
            Quilted Care Reno LLC   $ 3,200,000       620       95.0 %
5   Manor at Lakeside
855 Brinkby Avenue
Reno, NV
  IL/AL   WMFMT Real Estate LP     8/01       56,411       91 units  
            AMI Senior Living   $ 5,000,000       739       95.0 %
6   Atria Redding
101 Quartz Hill Road
Redding, CA
  AL   Atria Communities     7/01       44,328       60 units  

[Additional columns below]

[Continued from above table, first column(s) repeated]

                                                                 
            Condition                   Revenues       Expense            
            & Quality   $/SqFt   Revenues   Per Unit       Ratio       CFM
    Name   Property  
 
 
 
     
     
No.   Property   Type   Year Built   $/Unit   NOI   NOI/Unit       EGIM       OAR

 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
            Good       $ 196.53     $ 5,450,000     $ 28,836           52.8 %         8.98  
1   Carmel Village
17077 San Mateo Street
Fountain Valley, CA
  IL/AL   1986       $ 122,354     $ 2,575,000     $ 13,624           4.24           11.14 %
            Good       $ 142.68     $ 2,475,000     $ 27,809           60.2 %         8.93  
2   Emerald Hills
11550 Education Street
Auburn, CA
  AL   1999       $ 98,876     $ 985,000     $ 11,067           3.56           11.19 %
            Good       $ 159.59     $ 2,550,000     $ 30,357           66.7 %         9.48  
3   Mapleride of Laguna Creek
6727 Laguna Park Drive
Elk Grove, CA
  AL   1999       $ 95,900     $ 850,000     $ 10,119           3.16           10.55 %
            Average       $ 109.76     $ 3,300,000     $ 35,870           66.7 %         7.73  
4   Woodmark at Summit Ridge
5165 Summit Ridge Court
Reno, NV
  AL/ALZ   1998       $ 92,391     $ 1,100,000     $ 11,957           2.58           12.94 %
            Average       $ 56.73     $ 1,200,000     $ 13,187           69.2 %         8.65  
5   Manor at Lakeside
855 Brinkby Avenue
Reno, NV
  IL/AL   1981       $ 35,165     $ 370,000     $ 4,066           2.67           11.56 %
            Average       $ 112.80     $ 1,950,000     $ 32,500           67.9 %         8.00  
6   Atria Redding
101 Quartz Hill Road
Redding, CA
  AL   2000       $ 83,333     $ 625,000     $ 10,417           2.56           12.50 %
                                                                         
            Average           Condition                   Revenues   Expense        
    Sale Price   Unit SF   % Occ.   & Quality   $/SqFt   Revenues   Per Unit   Ratio   CFM
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Date   Bldg SqFt   # Units   Year Built   $/Unit   NOI   NOI/Unit   EGIM   OAR
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Survey Minimum
  $ 3,200,000       601       95.0 %     N/A     $ 56.73     $ 1,200,000     $ 13,187       53 %     7.73  
Survey Maximum
  $ 23,125,000       842       97.0 %     N/A     $ 196.53     $ 5,450,000     $ 35,870       69 %     9.48  
Survey Average
  $ 9,446,767       686       95.3 %     N/A     $ 129.68     $ 2,820,833     $ 28,093       64 %     8.63  
Survey Minimum
    7/01       44,328     60 units     1981     $ 35,165     $ 370,000     $ 4,066       2.56       10.55 %
Survey Maximum
    1/03       117,666     189 units     2000     $ 122,354     $ 2,575,000     $ 13,624       4.24       12.94 %
Survey Average
    2/02       68,001     101 units     1994     $ 88,003     $ 1,084,167     $ 10,208       3.13       11.65 %
Subject Property
    N/A       530       90 %   Average     N/A     $ 2,138,400     $ 30,549       75 %     N/A  
 
    N/A       37,113       70       1975       N/A     $ 538,880     $ 7,698       N/A       N/A  
         
VALUATION SERVICES   77   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)


 

SALES COMPARISON APPROACH

IMPROVED SALES COMPARABLE MAP

(IMPROVED SALES COMPARABLE MAP)

         
VALUATION SERVICES   78   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)


 

SALES COMPARISON APPROACH

Cash Flow Multiplier

The cash flow multiple (CFM) is considered a reliable indicator of value. This is because the CFM considers both the income and the expenses of a facility, whereas the EGIM and the price per unit do not. The CFMs of the comparables range from 7.73x to 9.48x cash flow, with an average of 8.63x. The properties are newer facilities in average to good condition. The financial indicators are all based on stabilized operating levels.

The subject is an assisted living facility of average quality that is located in a good senior demographic market area in California. We note that the forecast subject expense ratio, inclusive of management fees and replacement reserves, is 74.80 percent, which falls within the upper portion of the range of the comparables. In addition, the subject’s cash flow is moderate relative to the comparables. We have utilized a cash flow multiplier in the middle portion of the range of 8.75x, which when applied to the subject’s projected stabilized cash flow (net operating income) arrives at a market value for the subject as follows:

                                 
            Subject   Indicated        
Range   CFM   NOI   Value   $/Unit

 
 
 
 
Low
    7.73     $ 538,880     $ 4,164,073     $ 59,487  
High
    9.48     $ 538,880     $ 5,107,061     $ 72,958  
Median
    8.79     $ 538,880     $ 4,737,472     $ 67,678  
Average
    8.63     $ 538,880     $ 4,649,429     $ 66,420  
Sample Si
    6                          
         
CONCLUSIONS        

       
Indicated CFM
    8.75  
Net Operating Income
  x $ 538,880  
 
   
 
Indicated Stabilized Value
  $ 4,715,200  
Rounded to nearest $100,000
  $ 4,700,000  
Per Unit
  $ 67,143  
Per Square Foot
  $ 126.64  

Therefore, the indicated value for the subject the CFM analysis is $4,700,000.

Effective Gross Income Multiplier

The effective gross income multiplier serves as an indicator of market value as expressed by the relationship between the sales price of a property and its effective gross income. This unit of comparison is commonly utilized by participants active in the real estate market. A significant strength of this analytical technique is that it represents a direct factor of income as reflected by the market and, therefore, requires no adjustment. Furthermore, the effective gross income is more easily verified and more reliable than net operating income since the figure is not distorted by management fees, capital costs or accounting conventions.

The effective gross income multipliers for the comparable sales indicate a range of 2.56x to 4.24x effective gross income with an average of 3.13x. In The Senior Care Acquisition Report, 2003, published by Irving Levin Associates, EGIMs for 2002 were analyzed. In general, the average EGIM for assisted living facilities in 2002 was 2.4x. This represented a strong decline over the EGIM of 3.2x reported in 2001. The decline was reported as being reflective of the excessive development in the 1990s, as well as several corporate bankruptcies during 2001.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   79   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)


 

SALES COMPARISON APPROACH

Furthermore, our findings are that multipliers decline as the age of the facility increases. We have utilized an EGIM of 2.50x for the subject, which falls at the lower portion of the range for the comparables. This rate is considered reasonable for the subject given the subject’s projected expense ratio, age, and location. This is applied to the subject’s projected effective gross income as follows:

                                 
            Subject   Indicated        
Range   EGIM   EGI   Value   $/Unit

 
 
 
 
Low     2.56     $ 2,138,400     $ 5,483,077     $ 78,330  
High
    4.24     $ 2,138,400     $ 9,073,486     $ 129,621  
Median
    2.91     $ 2,138,400     $ 6,228,866     $ 88,984  
Average
    3.13     $ 2,138,400     $ 6,687,582     $ 95,537  
Sample Size
    6                          
                 
CONCLUSIONS                

               
Indicated EGIM
    2.50     EMPTY
Effective Gross Income
  x $ 2,138,400          
     
         
Indicated Stabilized Value
  $ 5,346,000          
Rounded to nearest $250,000
  $ 5,250,000          
Per Unit
  $ 75,000          
Per Square Foot
  $ 141.46          

Therefore, the indicated value for the subject by the EGIM analysis is $5,250,000.

Price Per Unit

The price per unit is the most frequently quoted unit of comparison. This is despite the fact he fact that the calculation ignores variations in rates or operating margins and, therefore, is indifferent to the income generating potential of an investment property. Nonetheless, the price per unit provides some indication of prices. Although our income estimates maybe based on a per resident basis due to the possible inclusion of shared units, the basis of the comparables has been analyzed on a per unit situation. We believe that comparing the subject on a per unit basis is the most reasonable method and would not provide a misleading value estimate for the property.

The following is a discussion of the sales that have been compared with the subject. Again, the sales have been analyzed on a price per unit basis with all necessary adjustments. Reference is made to sales summary shown previously.

Percentage Adjustment Method

Adjustment Process

The sales that we have utilized represent the best available information that could be compared to the subject property. The major elements of comparison for an analysis of this type include the property rights conveyed, the financial terms incorporated into a particular transaction, the conditions or motivations surrounding the sale, changes in market conditions since the sale, the location of the real estate, its physical traits and the economic characteristics of the property.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   80   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)


 

SALES COMPARISON APPROACH

The first adjustment made to the market data takes into account differences between the subject property and the comparable property sales with regard to the legal interest transferred. Advantageous financing terms or peculiar conditions of sale are then adjusted to reflect a normal market transaction. Next, changes in market condition must be accounted for, thereby creating a time adjusted normal unit of comparison. Lastly, adjustments for location, the physical traits and the economic characteristics of the market data are made in order to generate the final adjusted unit rate, which is appropriate for the subject property.

Property Rights Conveyed

All of the sales utilized in this analysis involved the transfer of the fee simple interest. Since we are appraising the fee simple interest of the subject property, no adjustments were required.

Financial Terms

To the best of our knowledge, all of the sales utilized in this analysis were accomplished with cash and/or cash and market-oriented financing. Therefore, no adjustment for financial terms is required for the comparables.

Conditions of Sale

Adjustments for conditions of sale usually reflect the motivations of the buyer and the seller. In many situations the conditions of sale may significantly affect transaction prices. However, all sales used in this analysis are considered to be “arms-length” market transactions between both knowledgeable buyers and sellers on the open market. Therefore, no adjustments for conditions of sale are required for the comparables.

Market Conditions

The sales included in this analysis date between July 1, 2001 and January 1, 2003. The market has not changed over this time period. The appropriate adjustment was made to each comparable.

Location

An adjustment for location is required when the locational characteristics of a comparable property are different from those of the subject property. The subject property is considered to exhibit a good location and has average access and visibility. We have made a negative adjustment to those comparables considered superior in location versus the subject. Conversely, a positive adjustment was made to those comparables considered inferior. Each comparable was adjusted accordingly.

Physical Traits

Various physical factors were analyzed including size, age, condition, quality, amenities, unit mix, utility, etc. When an item was determined to be inferior to the subject, a positive adjustment was applied. When an item was determined to be superior to the subject, a negative adjustment was applied.

Economic Characteristics

This adjustment is used to reflect differences in rent levels, operating expense ratios, occupancy levels, and other items that would have an economic impact on the transaction. Each comparable was adjusted accordingly.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   81   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)


 

SALES COMPARISON APPROACH

Discussion of Comparable Sales

In our analysis of the market for comparable assisted living properties, we have compared the subject to assisted living properties from throughout the regional area. These are discussed below.

Comparable Sale No. 1

At the time of sale, this comparable was considered superior to the subject. No adjustments for property rights conveyed, financing or conditions of sale were necessary. Market conditions have not changed in the period since the sale. The comparable is of a superior age and condition to the subject. The comparable has a similar payor mix as the subject. Revenue characteristics were superior. Negative adjustments were warranted for age and revenue characteristics. Positive adjustments were not warranted.

Comparable Sale No. 2

At the time of sale, this comparable was considered superior to the subject. No adjustments for property rights conveyed, financing or conditions of sale were necessary. Market conditions have not changed in the period since the sale. The comparable exhibits an inferior location. The comparable is of a superior age and condition to the subject. The comparable has a similar payor mix as the subject. Revenue characteristics were superior. Negative adjustments were warranted for age and revenue characteristics. Positive adjustments were warranted for location.

Comparable Sale No. 3

At the time of sale, this comparable was considered superior to the subject. No adjustments for property rights conveyed, financing or conditions of sale were necessary. Market conditions have not changed in the period since the sale. The comparable is of a superior age and condition to the subject. The comparable has a similar payor mix as the subject. Revenue characteristics were superior. Negative adjustments were warranted for age and revenue characteristics. Positive adjustments were not warranted.

Comparable Sale No. 4

At the time of sale, this comparable was considered superior to the subject. No adjustments for property rights conveyed, financing or conditions of sale were necessary. Market conditions have not changed in the period since the sale. The comparable is of a superior age and condition to the subject. The comparable has a similar payor mix as the subject. The comparable exhibits an inferior location. Revenue characteristics were superior. Negative adjustments were warranted for age and revenue characteristics. Positive adjustments were warranted for location.

Comparable Sale No. 5

At the time of sale, this comparable was considered inferior to the subject. No adjustments for property rights conveyed, financing or conditions of sale were necessary. Market conditions have not changed in the period since the sale. The comparable exhibits an inferior location. The comparable is of a similar age and condition to the subject. The comparable has a similar payor mix as the subject.Revenue characteristics were inferior. Negative adjustments were not warranted. Positive adjustments were warranted for location and revenue characteristics.

         
VALUATION SERVICES   82   ADVISORY GROUP
        (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)


 

SALES COMPARISON APPROACH

Comparable Sale No. 6

At the time of sale, this comparable was considered superior to the subject. No adjustments for property rights conveyed, financing or conditions of sale were necessary. Market conditions have not changed in the period since the sale. The comparable exhibits an inferior location. The comparable is of a superior age and condition to the subject. The comparable has a similar payor mix as the subject. Revenue characteristics were superior. Negative adjustments were warranted for age and revenue characteristics. Positive adjustments were warranted for location.

A summary of our adjustments is shown in the following table.

IMPROVED COMPARABLE SALE ADJUSTMENT GRID

                                                 
            ECONOMIC ADJUSTMENTS (CUMULATIVE)        
    $/Unit   Property   Financing &                        
   
  Rights   Conditions   Exp. After   Market*        
No.   Date   Conveyed   of Sale   Purchase   Conditions   Subtotal

 
 
 
 
 
 
1
  $ 122,354     Fee Simple/Mkt.   Arms-Length   None   Similar   $ 122,354  
 
    1/03       0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %
2
  $ 98,876     Fee Simple/Mkt.   Arms-Length   None   Similar   $ 98,876  
 
    9/02       0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %
3
  $ 95,900     Fee Simple/Mkt.   Arms-Length   None   Similar   $ 95,900  
 
    1/02       0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %
4
  $ 92,391     Fee Simple/Mkt.   Arms-Length   None   Similar   $ 92,391  
 
    2/02       0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %
5
  $ 35,165     Fee Simple/Mkt.   Arms-Length   None   Similar   $ 35,165  
 
    8/01       0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %
6
  $ 83,333     Fee Simple/Mkt.   Arms-Length   None   Similar   $ 83,333  
 
    7/01       0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %

[Additional columns below]

[Continued from above table, first column(s) repeated]

                                                                         
            PROPERTY CHARACTERISTIC ADJUSTMENTS (ADDITIVE)                
    $/Unit           Age,                                                
   
          Quality           Revenue   Payor           Adj.        
No.   Date   Location   Condition   Unit Mix   Characteristics   Mix   Other   $/Unit   Overall

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1
  $ 122,354     Similar   Superior   Similar   Superior   Similar   Similar   $ 67,295     Superior
 
    1/03       0.0 %     -5.0 %     0.0 %     -40.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     -45.0 %        
2
  $ 98,876     Inferior   Superior   Similar   Superior   Similar   Similar   $ 74,157     Superior
 
    9/02       10.0 %     -5.0 %     0.0 %     -30.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     -25.0 %        
3
  $ 95,900     Similar   Superior   Similar   Superior   Similar   Similar   $ 62,335     Superior
 
    1/02       0.0 %     -5.0 %     0.0 %     -30.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     -35.0 %        
4
  $ 92,391     Inferior   Superior   Similar   Superior   Similar   Similar   $ 69,293     Superior
 
    2/02       10.0 %     -5.0 %     0.0 %     -30.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     -25.0 %        
5
  $ 35,165     Inferior   Similar   Similar   Inferior   Similar   Similar   $ 66,813     Inferior
 
    8/01       50.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     40.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     90.0 %        
6
  $ 83,333     Inferior   Superior   Similar   Superior   Similar   Similar   $ 62,500     Superior
 
    7/01       10.0 %     -5.0 %     0.0 %     -30.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     -25.0 %        

SUMMARY

                 
    Unadj. $/Unit   Adj. $/Unit
   
 
Price Range
               
   Low
  $ 35,165     $ 62,335  
 
   
     
 
   High
  $ 98,876     $ 74,157  
 
   
     
 
   Average
  $ 81,133     $ 67,066  
 
   
     
 
Net Adjustment
               
   Low
    -45.0 %        
   High
    -25.0 %        
   Average
    -32.5 %        

CONCLUSION

           
Indicated Value per Unit
  $ 65,000  
Number of Units
    x 70  
 
   
 
Indicated Value
  $ 4,550,000  
 
Rounded to nearest $100,000
  $ 4,600,000  
 
Per Unit
  $ 65,714  
           
*Market Conditions Adjustment
       
 
Compound annual change in market conditions:
    3.00 %
 
Date of Value (for adjustment calculations):
    03/31/2003  

Summary of Price Per Unit Analysis

After adjusting each comparable sale for differences with the subject property, the adjusted sale price range is $62,335 to $74,157 per unit. Based on the data, we believe that due to the subject’s level of construction quality, resident targeting and location, a price per unit towards the lower portion of the adjusted range is warranted. From this, we have correlated to a price of $65,000 per unit.

Price Per Unit Conclusion

                         
Number of Units       Price Per Unit       Indicated Value

     
     
70   X   $ 65,000     =   $ 4,760,000  
          Rounded To:         $ 4,800,000  
             
VALUATION SERVICES     83     ADVISORY GROUP
            (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

SALES COMPARISON APPROACH

The Sales Comparison Approach results in a range of values for the subject property of $4,700,000 to $5,250,000. This value range equates to a price per square foot of building area of $126.64 to $141.46, which falls within the middle portion of the range of the unadjusted comparables and is considered reasonable based on the economic and physical characteristics of the subject.

Based on our analysis of competitive transactions, we conclude that the indicated value by the Sales Comparison Approach on October 16, 2003 was:

         
Units   Indicated Value

 
70     $4,800,000  
             
VALUATION SERVICES     84     ADVISORY GROUP
            (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH

Methodology

The Income Capitalization Approach is a method of converting the anticipated economic benefits of owning property into a value through the capitalization process. The principle of “anticipation” underlies this approach in that investors recognize the relationship between an asset’s income and its value. In order to value the anticipated economic benefits of a particular property, potential income and expenses must be projected, and the most appropriate capitalization method must be selected.

The two most common methods of converting net income into value are Direct Capitalization and Discounted Cash Flow. In direct capitalization, net operating income is divided by an overall capitalization rate to indicate an opinion of market value. In the discounted cash flow method, anticipated future cash flows and a reversionary value are discounted to an opinion of net present value at a chosen yield rate (internal rate of return).

In our opinion, the direct capitalization analysis method is most appropriate to value the subject property.

Historical Financial Performance of the Subject Property

The subject is an existing assisted living facility. We were provided with financial statements for 2000, 2001, 2002, and year-to-date 2003. The financial statements have been summarized on a following chart.

Potential Gross Income

There is only one type of payment source at the subject for assisted living services; private pay residents. This type of payor is generally considered the most desirable since private pay rates allow for greater profitability than any fixed government rate plans. Therefore, revenue for the subject is received from the monthly rentals of the living units, as well as from other sources such as second person (double occupancy) fees, move-in or processing fees, as well as other miscellaneous revenue.

             
VALUATION SERVICES     85     ADVISORY GROUP
            (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH

Retirement Inn of Campbell
INCOME AND OPERATING EXPENSE SUMMARY

                                                                   
      2000   2001
      (January - December)   (January - December)
      Amount   $/Resident   PRD   % of EGI   Amount   $/Resident   PRD   % of EGI
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REVENUES
                                                               
Rental Income
  $ 1,374,800     $ 20,627     $ 56.51       75.36 %   $ 1,617,344     $ 23,419     $ 64.16       76.59 %
Rent Concessions
  $ (40 )   $ (1 )   $ (0.00 )     0.00 %   $     $     $       0.00 %
Additional Personal Care
  $ 436,353     $ 6,547     $ 17.94       23.92 %   $ 458,214     $ 6,635     $ 18.18       21.70 %
Second Occupant
  $     $     $       0.00 %   $     $     $       0.00 %
New Resident Fees
  $ 10,150     $ 152     $ 0.42       0.56 %   $ 31,750     $ 460     $ 1 .26       1.50 %
Other Income
  $ 3,066     $ 46     $ 0.13       0.17 %   $ 4,271     $ 62     $ 0.17       0.20 %
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
GROSS POTENTIAL REV.
  $ 1,824,329     $ 27,372     $ 74.99       100.00 %   $ 2,111,579     $ 30,576     $ 83.77       100.00 %
Vacancy/Collection Loss
  Inc. Above                             Inc. Above                          
TOTAL NET REVENUE
  $ 1,824,329     $ 27,372     $ 74.99       100.00 %   $ 2,111,579     $ 30,576     $ 83.77       100.00 %
OPERATING EXPENSES
                                                               
Departmental
                                                               
 
General/Administrative
  $ 50,269     $ 754     $ 2.07       2.76 %   $ 28,611     $ 414     $ 1.14       1.35 %
 
Payroll (Wages)
  $ 549,297     $ 8,242     $ 22.58       30.11 %   $ 653,696     $ 9,466     $ 25.93       30.96 %
 
Payroll Taxes & Benefits
  $ 166,670     $ 2,501     $ 6.85       9.14 %   $ 221,762     $ 3,211     $ 8.80       10.50 %
 
Resident Care
  $ 1,522     $ 23     $ 0.06       0.08 %   $ 3,853     $ 56     $ 0.15       0.18 %
 
Food Services
  $ 132,199     $ 1,983     $ 5.43       7.25 %   $ 121,459     $ 1,759     $ 4.82       5.75 %
 
Activities
  $ 11,329     $ 170     $ 0.47       0.62 %   $ 12,252     $ 177     $ 0.49       0.58 %
 
Housekeeping/Laundry
  $ 17,018     $ 255     $ 0.70       0.93 %   $ 16,857     $ 244     $ 0.67       0.80 %
 
Plant Operations
  $ 68,296     $ 1,025     $ 2.81       3.74 %   $ 70,325     $ 1,018     $ 2.79       3.33 %
 
Utilities
  $ 65,998     $ 990     $ 2.71       3.62 %   $ 97,841     $ 1,417     $ 3.88       4.63 %
 
Marketing/Promotions
  $ 34,082     $ 511     $ 1.40       1.87 %   $ 32,485     $ 470     $ 1.29       1.54 %
Non-Departmental
                                                               
 
Real Estate Taxes
  $ 76,185     $ 1,143     $ 3.13       4.18 %   $ 22,918     $ 332     $ 0.91       1.09 %
 
Insurance
  $ 11,972     $ 180     $ 0.49       0.66 %   $ 20,868     $ 302     $ 0.83       0.99 %
 
Management Fees (5% of EGI)
  $ 91,216     $ 1,369     $ 3.75       5.00 %   $ 105,579     $ 1,529     $ 4.19       5.00 %
 
Replacement Reserves ($/Unit)
  $ 21,000     $ 315     $ 0.86       1.15 %   $ 21,000     $ 304     $ 0.83       0.99 %
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
TOTAL ALL EXPENSES
  $ 1,297,053     $ 19,461     $ 53.32       71.10 %   $ 1,429,506     $ 20,699     $ 56.71       67.70 %
EXPENSE RATIO
    71.1 %                             67.7 %                        
NET OPERATING INCOME
  $ 527,276     $ 7,911     $ 21.67       28.90 %   $ 682,073     $ 9,877     $ 27.06       32.30 %
OCCUPANCY
    95.2 %                             98.7 %                        

[Additional columns below]

[Continued from above table, first column(s) repeated]
                                                                   
      2002   2003 Annualized
      (January - December)   (January - August)
      Amount   $/Resident   PRD   % of EGI   Amount   $/Resident   PRD   % of EGI
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REVENUES
                                                               
Rental Income
  $ 1,770,098     $ 26,158     $ 71.67       75.41 %   $ 1,584,603     $ 26,239     $ 71.89       76.99 %
Rent Concessions
  $ (47,859 )   $ (707 )   $ (1.94 )     -2.04 %   $ (163,977 )   $ (2,715 )   $ (7.44 )     -7.97 %
Additional Personal Care
  $ 583,172     $ 8,618     $ 23.61       24.84 %   $ 559,832     $ 9,270     $ 25.40       27.20 %
Second Occupant
  $     $     $       0.00 %   $     $     $       0.00 %
New Resident Fees
  $ 38,125     $ 563     $ 1.54       1.62 %   $ 73,800     $ 1 ,222     $ 3.35       3.59 %
Other Income
  $ 3,768     $ 56     $ 0.15       0.16 %   $ 4,035     $ 67     $ 0.18       0.20 %
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
GROSS POTENTIAL REV.
  $ 2,347,304     $ 34,688     $ 95.03       100.00 %   $ 2,058,293     $ 34,083     $ 93.38       100.00 %
Vacancy/Collection Loss
  Inc. Above                             Inc. Above                          
TOTAL NET REVENUE
  $ 2,347,304     $ 34,688     $ 95.03       100.00 %   $ 2,058,293     $ 34,083     $ 93.38       100.00 %
OPERATING EXPENSES
                                                               
Departmental
                                                               
 
General/Administrative
  $ 48,572     $ 718     $ 1.97       2.07 %   $ 34,259     $ 567     $ 1.55       1.66 %
 
Payroll (Wages)
  $ 643,869     $ 9,515     $ 26.07       27.43 %   $ 627,464     $ 10,390     $ 28.47       30.48 %
 
Payroll Taxes & Benefits
  $ 237,102     $ 3,504     $ 9.60       10.10 %   $ 225,942     $ 3,741     $ 10.25       10.98 %
 
Resident Care
  $ 3,517     $ 52     $ 0.14       0.15 %   $ 2,526     $ 42     $ 0.11       0.12 %
 
Food Services
  $ 127,459     $ 1,884     $ 5.16       5.43 %   $ 118,103     $ 1,956     $ 5.36       5.74 %
 
Activities
  $ 11,427     $ 169     $ 0.46       0.49 %   $ 11,817     $ 196     $ 0.54       0.57 %
 
Housekeeping/Laundry
  $ 10,006     $ 148     $ 0.41       0.43 %   $ 9,674     $ 160     $ 0.44       0.47 %
 
Plant Operations
  $ 72,735     $ 1,075     $ 2.94       3.10 %   $ 86,105     $ 1,426     $ 3.91       4.18 %
 
Utilities
  $ 98,720     $ 1 ,459     $ 4.00       4.21 %   $ 95,330     $ 1,579     $ 4.32       4.63 %
 
Marketing/Promotions
  $ 32,380     $ 478     $ 1.31       1.38 %   $ 35,886     $ 594     $ 1.63       1.74 %
Non-Departmental
                                                               
 
Real Estate Taxes
  $ 45,875     $ 678     $ 1.86       1.95 %   $ 68,424     $ 1,133     $ 3.10       3.32 %
 
Insurance
  $ 39,988     $ 591     $ 1.62       1.70 %   $ 38,835     $ 643     $ 1.76       1.89 %
 
Management Fees (5% of EGI)
  $ 117,365     $ 1,734     $ 4.75       5.00 %   $ 102,915     $ 1,704     $ 4.67       5.00 %
 
Replacement Reserves ($/Unit)
  $ 21,000     $ 310     $ 0.85       0.89 %   $ 21,000     $ 348     $ 0.95       1.02 %
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
TOTAL ALL EXPENSES
  $ 1,510,015     $ 22,314     $ 61.14       64.33 %   $ 1,478,277     $ 24,479     $ 67.07       71.82 %
EXPENSE RATIO
    64.3 %                             71.8 %                        
NET OPERATING INCOME
  $ 837,289     $ 12,373     $ 33.90       35.67 %   $ 580,016     $ 9,605     $ 26.31       28.18 %
OCCUPANCY
    96.7 %                             86.3 %                        

[Additional columns below]

[Continued from above table, first column(s) repeated]
                                   
      C&W Forecast
      Stabilized year
      Amount   $/Resident   PRD   % of EGI
     
 
 
 
REVENUES
                               
Rental Income
  $ 1,782,000     $ 25,457     $ 77.50          
Rent Concessions
  $     $     $          
Additional Personal Care
  $ 546,000     $ 7,800     $ 23.74          
Second Occupant
  $     $     $          
New Resident Fees
  $ 42,000     $ 600     $ 1.83          
Other Income
  $ 6,000     $ 86     $ 0.26          
 
 
   
     
     
         
GROSS POTENTIAL REV.
  $ 2,376,000     $ 33,943     $ 107.79          
Vacancy/Collection Loss
  $ (237,600 )                        
 
   
                         
TOTAL NET REVENUE
  $ 2,138,400     $ 33,943     $ 92.99          
OPERATING EXPENSES
                               
Departmental
                               
 
General/Administrative
  $ 50,000     $ 794     $ 2.17       2.34 %
 
Payroll (Wages)
  $ 650,000     $ 10,317     $ 28.27       30.40 %
 
Payroll Taxes & Benefits
  $ 240,000     $ 3,810     $ 10.44       11.22 %
 
Resident Care
  $ 16,000     $ 254     $ 0.70       0.75 %
 
Food Services
  $ 140,000     $ 2,222     $ 6.09       6.55 %
 
Activities
  $ 14,000     $ 222     $ 0.61       0.65 %
 
Housekeeping/Laundry
  $ 18,000     $ 286     $ 0.78       0.84 %
 
Plant Operations
  $ 90,000     $ 1 ,429     $ 3.91       4.21 %
 
Utilities
  $ 100,000     $ 1 ,587     $ 4.35       4.68 %
 
Marketing/Promotions
  $ 40,000     $ 635     $ 1.74       1.87 %
Non-Departmental
                               
 
Real Estate Taxes
  $ 73,600     $ 1,168     $ 3.20       3.44 %
 
Insurance
  $ 40,000     $ 635     $ 1.74       1.87 %
 
Management Fees (5% of EGI)
  $ 106,920     $ 1,697     $ 4.65       5.00 %
 
Replacement Reserves ($/Unit)
  $ 21,000     $ 333     $ 0.91       0.98 %
 
 
   
     
     
     
 
TOTAL ALL EXPENSES
  $ 1,599,520     $ 25,389     $ 69.56       74.80 %
EXPENSE RATIO
    74.8 %                        
NET OPERATING INCOME
  $ 538,880     $ 8,554     $ 23.43       25.20 %
OCCUPANCY
    90.0 %                        

 

     
VALUATION SERVICES 86 ADVISORY GROUP
    (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH

Assisted Living Rate Analysis

The subject has an effective capacity of 70 residents and/or beds. The facility is of average quality construction with a layout and design typical to its age, which makes marketing a challenge relative to the competition. The following is a description of the types of accommodations that are available at the subject.

Assisted living residents at the subject have the choice of studio and one-bedroom apartment units. We note that the subject units are small in relation to the marketplace and feature private bathrooms, kitchenettes and limited closet areas. All of the residents are provided with three daily meals, weekly housekeeping, utilities (except telephone), activities, and scheduled transportation included in their monthly rent. Assisted living or personal care services are an additional monthly fee.

The subject’s actual rental rates (rent roll) were tested for reasonableness against similar facilities in the subject’s market area. In the Competitive Market Analysis section, we identified several existing facilities considered to provide competition for the subject. Data sheets were provided in the Competitive Market Analysis section presented previously. The complexes we surveyed are all considered comparable given that they all provide assisted living units. We note that the facilities are all adequately maintained and they all have a similar amenity package. All of the competing facilities have been discussed in detail in the Competitive Market Analysis section of the report.

The table below summarizes the subject’s unit types and the actual and asking monthly rents.

Retirement Inn of Campbell

                                                     
                        In House Rents   Asking Rents
                       
 
        No.   Occ.   Monthly   $/Unit   Monthly   $/Unit
Unit   Units   Units   Revenue   Per Mo.   Revenue   Per Mo.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Assisted Living
                                               
Studio
    41       19     $ 34,310     $ 1,806     $ 97,375     $ 2,375  
Studio Large
    27       25     $ 58,735     $ 2,375     $ 66,825     $ 2,475  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total - Studio
    68       44     $ 93,045     $ 2,115     $ 164,200     $ 2,415  
One-Bedroom
    2       2     $ 5,800     $ 2,900     $ 6,000     $ 3,000  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total - One-Bedroom
    2       2     $ 5,800     $ 2,900     $ 6,000     $ 3,000  
Assisted Totals
    70       46     $ 98,845     $ 2,149     $ 170,200     $ 2,431  
Totals
    70       46     $ 98,845     $ 2,149     $ 170,200     $ 2,431  

It appears that the current in-house average rates generally fall above most of the asking rates at the subject. This is reportedly due to recent rent increases. Overall, the average rate is $2,149 per month, which is 14.12 percent below the average asking rate of $2,431 per month. We feel an slight increase for the in-house rates is reasonable, noting that a rate increase was just recently instigated in October 2003. This increase will not adversely affect the stabilized occupancy level at the subject.

 

     
VALUATION SERVICES 87 ADVISORY GROUP
    (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH

Base Rental Rates

The following chart details our reconciled base rental rates for all unit types at the subject. These rates were concluded to in the Competitive Market Analysis section of the report.

Retirement Inn of Campbell
Reconciled Market Rental Rates

                                 
    Resident   No.   No.   Market
Unit Type   Type   Units   Beds   Rent

 
 
 
 
Studio
  AL     41       41     $ 1,900  
Studio Large
  AL     27       27     $ 2,400  
One-Bedroom
  AL     2       2     $ 2,900  
 
           
     
         
Totals
            70       70          

Other Revenues

In addition to room revenues, the subject receives additional income from additional personal care, new resident fees (entrance fees), second person fees, as well as miscellaneous revenue from such items as barber/beauty income, laundry services, meal and guest fees, food catering, health supplies, etc.

Additional Personal Care

This relates to the additional costs for personal care to those residents who require additional care. The historical, current and forecast revenue from this source is shown below.

                             
Year   Total   $/Resident   PRD

 
 
 
2000   $ 436,353     $ 6,547     $ 17.94  
2001   $ 458,214     $ 6,635     $ 18.18  
2002   $ 583,172     $ 8,618     $ 23.61  
2003 Annualized   $ 559,832     $ 9,270     $ 25.40  
C&W Forecast   $ 546,000     $ 7,800     $ 23.74  

The base monthly rates at the subject do not include any personal care. All personal care at the subject is charged in addition to the base monthly rental rate. Specifically, there are eight base levels or tiers of care services available (based on a point system) that are determined from a monthly need assessment basis. The levels of personal care range from $225 per month (Level A) up to an additional $1,425 per month for Level 7 services. If a resident requires services above Level 7, there is an additional charge of $5.00 per point.

Review of the rent roll showed that of the existing residents, 42 residents (89 percent of existing total) were paying for personal care services. The average charge equated to $1,254 per

 

     
VALUATION SERVICES 88 ADVISORY GROUP
    (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH

month, which would indicate an average Level 4 care level. Based on the data, we have forecast that 65 percent of the resident mix will pay an average of $1,000 per month for personal care services. This equates to Year 1 revenue of $546,000, which is consistent with the recent pattern at the subject.

New Resident Fees

New resident fees at the subject are $2,000 per resident, which falls within the lower middle upper end of the range of the comparables from $950 to $2,500. This amount is considered reasonable given the subject’s location and occupancy rate.

The typical turnover in an assisted living facility is between 20 and 28 months with a midrange of two years. This is equivalent to 50 percent of the census turning over each year. For the subject, we are estimating that 40 percent of the residents will pay entry or new resident fees during the subsequent 12 months. The historical, current and forecast revenue from this source is shown below.

                     
Year   Total   $/Resident

 
 
2000   $ 10,150     $ 152  
2001   $ 31,750     $ 460  
2002   $ 38,125     $ 563  
2003 Annualized   $ 73,800     $ 1,222  
C&W Forecast   $ 42,000     $ 600  

Based on the data, we have forecast Year 1 new resident fees at $42,000. The annualized 2003 data indicates a relatively high revenue, however, this is due to high number of new residents that moved into the facility after seeing atypical attrition in the mid to latter part of 2002. Our forecast is consistent with previous trends that reflected normal occupancy.

Second Person Fees

The subject charges a fee of $780 per month for a double occupant in the same unit. This would be applicable to a spouse or sibling. The historical revenue data for the subject did not include any line item breakdown for this category. At the time of inspection, there were only two double occupancies at the subject. Due to the smaller unit composition of the subject, any revenue from double occupancies is minimal. We believe that our other income forecast that follows would more than account for any revenue from this source.

Other Income

This category includes revenue received from the subject’s barber/beauty income, laundry services, cable TV revenue, meal and guest fees, food catering, health supplies, parking, etc. The historic costs for this category are shown in the following table.

 

     
VALUATION SERVICES 89 ADVISORY GROUP
    (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH

                             
Year   Total   $/Resident   PRD      

 
 
 
 
2000   $ 3,066     $ 46     $ 0.13  
2001   $ 4,271     $ 62     $ 0.17  
2002   $ 3,768     $ 56     $ 0.15  
2003 Annualized   $ 4,035     $ 67     $ 0.18  
C&W Forecast   $ 6,000     $ 86     $ 1.83  

Based on the data, we have forecast Year 1 revenue from this source at $6,000. This is seen as being consistent with the historic revenue for the subject.

Concessions/Rental Allowances

At the time of inspection, the subject was not offering any rent concessions. The property had been using concessions in the latter part of 2002 and first part of 2003 to release units that had seen atypical attrition. Concessions at the subject were discontinued several months ago. Concessions are believed to be a negligible part of the market used only to stimulate lease-up of any unforeseen vacancies and should not have be of any major significance to a property like the subject. Therefore, no allowance for rent concessions will be applied to the subject.

Vacancy and Collection Loss

Both the investor and the appraiser are primarily interested in the annual revenue an income property is likely to produce over a specified period of time, rather than the income it could produce if it were always 100 percent occupied and all tenants were paying their rent in full and on time. A normally prudent practice is to expect some income loss as tenants vacate, fail to pay rent, or pay their rent late. Model units or other rent loss, if necessary, is addressed separately.

The subject, as of the most current rent roll provided, was 90 percent occupied. This is similar to the current average occupancy levels for the market area overall. Rent comparable occupancies range from 90 to 100 percent with a general tendency around 93 to 96 percent. Occupancy at the subject was 95 percent in 2000, 99 percent in 2001, 97 percent in 2002 and year-to-date 2003 annualizes out to 86 percent. As noted, the subject’s occupancy has increased over the last several months and the facility is presently nearly full.

In consideration of the above, as well as the general market conditions and market positioning of the subject, we have forecasted a stabilized vacancy and collection loss of 10.00 percent for the subject.

Effective Gross Income

The following table summarizes the projected estimate of stabilized income based on the above findings. The stabilized revenues reflect what we believe would be anticipated by a purchaser of the subject and are based on current market rents and trends.

 

     
VALUATION SERVICES 90 ADVISORY GROUP
    (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH

Retirement Inn of Campbell
STABILIZED OPERATING INCOME

                                                 
                                            PER
    RESIDENT   NO.   NO.   MONTHLY           ACTUAL
UNIT TYPE   TYPE   UNITS   BEDS   RATE   INCOME   RESIDENT

 
 
 
 
 
 
Studio
  AL     41       41     $ 1,900     $ 934,800          
Studio Large
  AL     27       27     $ 2,400     $ 777,600          
One-Bedroom
  AL     2       2     $ 2,900     $ 69,600          
 
           
     
             
         
Total
            70       70             $ 1,782,000     $ 25,457  
Additional Personal Care
                    65 %   $ 1,000     $ 546,000     $ 7,800  
Second Person
                    0 %   $     $     $  
New Resident Fees
                    30 %   $ 2,000     $ 42,000     $ 600  
Other
                                  $ 6,000     $ 86  
 
                                   
     
 
TOTAL POTENTIAL GROSS INCOME
                                  $ 2,376,000     $ 33,943  
LESS: VACANCY @
                    10.0 %           $ (237,600 )        
 
                                   
         
EFFECTIVE GROSS INCOME
                                  $ 2,138,400     $ 33,943  

Opinion of Expenses

We have developed an opinion of the property’s annual operating expenses after reviewing its historical performance and reviewing the operating statements of similar senior living properties. We were provided with operating statements for 2000, 2001, 2002, and year-to-date 2003. This information was previously summarized.

We were not provided with the staffing requirements for the facility and we were not able to analyze the expenses on this basis. We have supported our estimate of projected expenses with other senior living facilities in the region, as well as from overall industry statistics. We also note that the reader is cautioned when reviewing the comparable expenses for individual facilities, in that the reporting of expenses varies by property and that different congregate living facilities offer different services. All comparisons will be made on an actual resident basis.

Expense Comparables

The expense comparables have been summarized on the following page.

 

     
VALUATION SERVICES 91 ADVISORY GROUP
    (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH

SUMMARY OF COMPARABLE OPERATING EXPENSES
ASSISTED LIVING FACILITIES

                                                                                                 
                                                                            ASHA       ASHA
                                                                            Lower   ASHA   Upper
Facility           Confidential           Confidential           Confidential   Quartile   Median   Quartile
                                       
 
 
Reporting Period
            2002                       2002                       2002               2002       2002       2002  
Year Built
            1999                       2001                       1990               N/A       N/A       N/A  
No. of IL Units
            0                       42                       176               N/A       N/A       N/A  
No. of AL Units
            89                       72                       11               N/A       N/A       N/A  
No. of ALZ Units
            13                       0                       0               N/A       N/A       N/A  
 
           
                     
                     
                                 
Total Units
            102                       114                       187               N/A       N/A       N/A  
Occupancy
            83 %                     85 %                     98 %             N/A       N/A       N/A  
Resident Days
            30,901                       35,493                       66,890                                  
 
  Per           % of   Per           % of   Per           % of                        
 
  Resident   $/RD   EGI   Resident   $/RD   EGI   Resident   $/RD   EGI                        
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
                         
TOTAL NET REVENUES
  $ 37,505     $ 102.75             $ 25,443     $ 69.71             $ 34,768     $ 95.26             $ 29,046     $ 34,264     $ 38,878  
EXPENSES
                                                                                               
    General & Administrative
  $ 756     $ 2.07       2.02 %   $ 1,110     $ 3.04       3.25 %   $ 1,129     $ 3.09       3.25 %   $ 1,115     $ 1,433     $ 1,889  
    Payroll (Wages/Salaries)
  $ 11,593     $ 31.76       30.91 %   $ 8,553     $ 23.43       23.52 %   $ 8,179     $ 22.41       23.52 %     N/A       N/A       N/A  
    Payroll Taxes & Benefits
  $ 3,815     $ 10.45       10.17 %   $ 2,144     $ 5.88       8.62 %   $ 2,996     $ 8.21       8.62 %   $ 1,575     $ 2,068     $ 3,003  
    Resident Care
  $ 219     $ 0.60       0.59 %   $ 609     $ 1.67       0.82 %   $ 286     $ 0.78       0.82 %   $ 4,253     $ 6,123     $ 7,259  
    Food Services
  $ 1,786     $ 4.89       4.76 %   $ 1,207     $ 3.31       6.32 %   $ 2,196     $ 6.02       6.32 %   $ 2,704     $ 3,529     $ 4,892  
    Activities
  $ 58     $ 0.16       0.16 %   $ 58     $ 0.16       0.53 %   $ 184     $ 0.50       0.53 %     N/A       N/A       N/A  
    Housekeeping
  $ 119     $ 0.32       0.32 %   $ 101     $ 0.28       0.86 %   $ 299     $ 0.82       0.86 %   $ 532     $ 815     $ 1,130  
    Plant Operations
  $ 644     $ 1.77       1.72 %   $ 510     $ 1.40       4.05 %   $ 1,409     $ 3.86       4.05 %   $ 580     $ 916     $ 1,356  
    Utilities
  $ 1,536     $ 4.21       4.09 %   $ 1,180     $ 3.23       5.19 %   $ 1,805     $ 4.94       5.19 %   $ 1,086     $ 1,306     $ 1,526  
    Marketing/Promotions
  $ 527     $ 1.44       1.41 %   $ 439     $ 1.20       1.57 %   $ 546     $ 1.49       1.57 %   $ 858     $ 1,349     $ 2,008  
    Real Estate Taxes
  $ 705     $ 1.93       1.88 %   $ 520     $ 1.43       3.62 %   $ 1,257     $ 3.45       3.62 %   $ 648     $ 1,011     $ 1,597  
    Insurance
  $ 611     $ 1.67       1.63 %   $ 400     $ 1.10       3.32 %   $ 1,154     $ 3.16       3.32 %   $ 278     $ 463     $ 726  
ADJUSTED OPERATING EXPENSES
  $ 22,369     $ 73.84       59.64 %   $ 16,832     $ 55.56       61.66 %   $ 21,439     $ 70.77       61.66 %   $ 20,959     $ 24,058     $ 29,438  
Management Fee
  $ 1,875     $ 5.14       5.00 %   $ 1,272     $ 3.49       5.00 %   $ 1,738     $ 0.00       5.00 %   $ 1,249     $ 1,713     $ 2,082  
Expense Ratio Before Reserves
    65 %                     71 %                     67 %                     76 %     75 %     81 %
Reserves
                                                        $ 181     $ 326     $ 525  

Source: The State of Seniors Housing, 2002, ASHA. (Data is for Assisted Living Facilities)
Note: Each line expense for ASHA derived from seperately sorted data columns and may not add up under totals.
* All comparable categories based on Actual Unit (Per Resident)

     
VALUATION SERVICES 92 ADVISORY GROUP
    (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH

General & Administrative

These costs, for the basis of the subject analysis, include office supplies, licenses/permits, dues/subscriptions, travel/meals, communications/telephone, resident activities and transportation. The historical costs, as well as our forecast for this category are shown below.

                                   
Year   Total   $/Resident   PRD   % of EGI

 
 
 
 
 
2000
  $ 50,269     $ 754     $ 2.07       2.76 %
 
2001
  $ 28,611     $ 414     $ 1.14       1.35 %
 
2002
  $ 48,572     $ 718     $ 1.97       2.07 %
2003 Annualized
  $ 34,259     $ 567     $ 1.55       1.66 %
C&W Forecast
  $ 50,000     $ 794     $ 2.17       2.34 %

The expense comparables showed expenses for this category from $ 756 to $1,129 per resident (average of $ 999 per resident), while the industry data showed a range from $1,115 to $1,889 per resident (median of $1,433 per resident). The subject’s actual expenses fall towards the lower end of the range of the comparable properties. We believe that a higher cost would be warranted for the property based on the market data. We have forecast Year 1 general and administrative costs at $50,000 or $ 794 per resident.

Payroll (Wages and Salaries)

These costs, for the basis of the subject analysis, include all wage and salary costs for the employees. The historical costs, as well as our forecast for this category are shown below.

                                   
Year   Total   $/Resident   PRD   % of EGI

 
 
 
 
 
2000
  $ 549,297     $ 8,242     $ 22.58       30.11 %
 
2001
  $ 653,696     $ 9,466     $ 25.93       30.96 %
 
2002
  $ 643,869     $ 9,515     $ 26.07       27.43 %
2003 Annualized
  $ 627,464     $ 10,390     $ 28.47       30.48 %
C&W Forecast
  $ 650,000     $ 10,317     $ 28.27       30.40 %

The expense comparables showed expenses for this category from $8,179 to $11,593 per resident (average of $9,442 per resident), while no data was provided by the ASHA industry data. The subject’s actual expenses fall towards the lower portion of the comparable range and we believe a slightly higher cost would be reasonable. We have forecast Year 1 wages and salary costs at $650,000 or $10,317 per resident.

             
VALUATION SERVICES     93     ADVISORY GROUP
            (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH

Payroll Taxes and Benefits

These costs, for the basis of the subject analysis, include cost for the employee pension plan, employee incentives, vacation pay, employee benefits and payroll taxes. The historical costs, as well as our forecast for this category are shown below.

                                   
Year   Total   $/Resident   PRD   % of EGI

 
 
 
 
 
2000
  $ 166,670     $ 2,501     $ 6.85       9.14 %
 
2001
  $ 221,762     $ 3,211     $ 8.80       10.50 %
 
2002
  $ 237,102     $ 3,504     $ 9.60       10.10 %
2003 Annualized
  $ 225,942     $ 3,741     $ 10.25       10.98 %
C&W Forecast
  $ 240,000     $ 3,810     $ 10.44       11.22 %

The expense comparables showed expenses for this category from $2,144 to $3,815 per resident (average of $2,985 per resident), while the industry data showed a range from $1,575 to $3,003 per resident (median of $2,068 per resident). The subject’s actual expenses fall at the upper end of the range by the comparable properties, but are considered reasonable. We have forecast Year 1 payroll taxes and benefits costs at $240,000 or $3,810 per resident.

Resident Care

This expense is for the costs associated with the personal or assisted living services for the assisted living residents. These include all health care and special needs supplies and related activities, but does not include payroll. The historical costs, as well as our forecast for this category are shown below.

                                   
Year   Total   $/Resident   PRD   % of EGI

 
 
 
 
 
2000
  $ 1,522     $ 23     $ 0.06       0.08 %
 
2001
  $ 3,853     $ 56     $ 0.15       0.18 %
 
2002
  $ 3,517     $ 52     $ 0.14       0.15 %
2003 Annualized
  $ 2,526     $ 42     $ 0.11       0.12 %
C&W Forecast
  $ 16,000     $ 254     $ 0.70       0.75 %

The expense comparables showed expenses for this category from $ 219 to $ 609 per resident (average of $ 371 per resident), while the industry data showed a range from $4,253 to $7,259 per resident (median of $6,123 per resident). The industry data included wages and salaries that we have categorized separately. The subject’s actual expenses are seen as falling well below the average costs by the comparable properties. As such, we believe a prudent operator

             
VALUATION SERVICES     94     ADVISORY GROUP
            (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH

would allocate a higher allowance, especially as over one-half of the subject’s residents are paying for additional resident or personal care. Based on this, we have forecast Year 1 resident care costs at $16,000 or $ 254 per resident.

Food Services

These costs include raw food costs, as well as kitchen supplies. The residents at the subject are provided with three complete meals per day. The historical costs, as well as our forecast for this category are shown below.

                                   
Year   Total   $/Resident   PRD   % of EGI

 
 
 
 
 
2000
  $ 132,199     $ 1,983     $ 5.43       7.25 %
 
2001
  $ 121,459     $ 1,759     $ 4.82       5.75 %
 
2002
  $ 127,459     $ 1,884     $ 5.16       5.43 %
2003 Annualized
  $ 118,103     $ 1,956     $ 5.36       5.74 %
C&W Forecast
  $ 140,000     $ 2,222     $ 6.09       6.55 %

The expense comparables showed expenses for this category from $1,207 to $2,196 per resident (average of $1,729 per resident), while the industry data showed a range from $2,704 to $4,892 per resident (median of $3,529 per resident). The subject’s actual expenses are bracketed by the expense comparisons. We have forecast Year 1 food services costs at $140,000 or $2,222 per resident.

Activities

This category is for the activities and recreation costs, as well as transportation costs. The historical costs, as well as our forecast for this category are shown below.

                                   
Year   Total   $/Resident   PRD   % of EGI

 
 
 
 
 
2000
  $ 11,329     $ 170     $ 0.47       0.62 %
 
2001
  $ 12,252     $ 177     $ 0.49       0.58 %
 
2002
  $ 11,427     $ 148     $ 0.41       0.43 %
2003 Annualized
  $ 11,817     $ 196     $ 0.54       0.57 %
C&W Forecast
  $ 14,000     $ 222     $ 0.61       0.65 %

The expense comparables showed expenses for this category from $ 58 to $ 184 per resident (average of $ 100 per resident), while no data was provided by the ASHA industry data. The

             
VALUATION SERVICES     95     ADVISORY GROUP
            (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH

subject’s actual expenses fall at the upper end of the range shown by the comparable properties. We have forecast Year 1 activities costs at $14,000 or $ 222 per resident.

Housekeeping/Laundry

This category is for all housekeeping costs, including all supplies requisite to housekeeping and laundry services. The historical costs, as well as our forecast for this category are shown below.

                                   
Year   Total   $/Resident   PRD   % of EGI

 
 
 
 
 
2000
  $ 17,018     $ 255     $ 0.70       0.93 %
 
2001
  $ 16,857     $ 244     $ 0.67       0.80 %
 
2002
  $ 10,006     $ 148     $ 0.41       0.43 %
2003 Annualized
  $ 9,674     $ 160     $ 0.44       0.47 %
C&W Forecast
  $ 18,000     $ 286     $ 0.78       0.84 %

The expense comparables showed expenses for this category from $ 101 to $ 299 per resident (average of $ 173 per resident), while the industry data showed a range from $ 532 to $1,130 per resident (median of $ 815 per resident). The industry data included wages and salaries that we have categorized separately. The subject’s actual expenses are supported by the comparable properties. We have forecast Year 1 housekeeping costs at $18,000 or $ 286 per resident.

Plant Operations

These costs include general repairs and maintenance, elevator contracts, supplies and equipment purchases for the facility. The historical costs, as well as our forecast for this category are shown below.

                                   
Year   Total   $/Resident   PRD   % of EGI

 
 
 
 
 
2000
  $ 68,296     $ 1,025     $ 2.81       3.74 %
 
2001
  $ 70,325     $ 1,018     $ 2.79       3.33 %
 
2002
  $ 72,735     $ 1,075     $ 2.94       3.10 %
2003 Annualized
  $ 86,105     $ 1,426     $ 3.91       4.18 %
C&W Forecast
  $ 90,000     $ 1,429     $ 3.91       4.21 %
             
VALUATION SERVICES     96     ADVISORY GROUP
            (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH

The expense comparables showed expenses for this category from $ 510 to $1,409 per resident (average of $ 854 per resident), while the industry data showed a range from $ 580 to $1,356 per resident (median of $ 916 per resident). The subject’s actual expenses are supported by the comparable properties. We have forecast Year 1 plant operations costs at $90,000 or $1,429 per resident.

Utilities

This expense is for the annual cost for natural gas, electricity, water/sewer, cable TV and trash removal. The historical costs, as well as our forecast for this category are shown below.

                                   
Year   Total   $/Resident   PRD   % of EGI

 
 
 
 
 
2000
  $ 65,998     $ 990     $ 2.71       3.62 %
 
2001
  $ 97,841     $ 1,417     $ 3.88       4.63 %
 
2002
  $ 98,720     $ 1,459     $ 4.00       4.21 %
2003 Annualized
  $ 95,330     $ 1,579     $ 4.32       4.63 %
C&W Forecast
  $ 100,000     $ 1,587     $ 4.35       4.68 %

The expense comparables showed expenses for this category from $1,180 to $1,805 per resident (average of $1,507 per resident), while the industry data showed a range from $1,086 to $1,526 per resident (median of $1,306 per resident). The subject’s actual expenses are supported by the comparable properties. We have forecast Year 1 utility costs at $100,000 or $1,587 per resident.

Marketing/Promotions

This expense is directly connected to the advertising and marketing of the complex for such things as newspapers and brochures, resident retention, etc. These costs also include the payroll costs of the marketing staff. The historical costs, as well as our forecast for this category are shown below.

             
VALUATION SERVICES     97     ADVISORY GROUP
            (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH

                                   
Year   Total   $/Resident   PRD   % of EGI

 
 
 
 
 
2000
  $ 34,082     $ 511     $ 1.40       1.87 %
 
2001
  $ 32,485     $ 470     $ 1.29       1.54 %
 
2002
  $ 32,380     $ 478     $ 1.31       1.38 %
2003 Annualized
  $ 35,886     $ 594     $ 1.63       1.74 %
C&W Forecast
  $ 40,000     $ 635     $ 1.74       1.87 %

The expense comparables showed expenses for this category from $ 439 to $ 546 per resident (average of $ 504 per resident), while the industry data showed a range from $ 858 to $2,008 per resident (median of $1,349 per resident). The subject’s actual expenses are supported by the comparable properties. We have forecast Year 1 marketing costs at $40,000 or $ 635 per resident.

Real Estate Taxes

This cost is for the annual real and personal property tax liability for the subject. The historical costs, as well as our forecast for this category are shown below.

                                   
Year   Total   $/Resident   PRD   % of EGI

 
 
 
 
 
2000
  $ 76,185     $ 1,143     $ 3.13       4.18 %
 
2001
  $ 22,918     $ 332     $ 0.91       1.09 %
 
2002
  $ 45,875     $ 678     $ 1.86       1.95 %
2003 Annualized
  $ 68,424     $ 1,133     $ 3.10       3.32 %
C&W Forecast
  $ 73,600     $ 1,168     $ 3.20       3.44 %

The expense comparables showed expenses for this category from $ 520 to $1,257 per resident (average of $ 828 per resident), while the industry data showed a range from $ 648 to $1,597 per resident (median of $1,011 per resident). Please refer to the Real Estate Taxes and Assessments section of the report for a discussion on how the Year 1 taxes were estimated. We have forecast the Year 1 real estate tax expense at $73,600 or $1,168 per resident and which is based on a market value premise.

Insurance

This cost is for the annual liability insurance for the property. The historical costs, as well as our forecast for this category are shown below.

             
VALUATION SERVICES     98     ADVISORY GROUP
            (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH

                                 
Year   Total   $/Resident   PRD   % of EGI

 
 
 
 
2000
  $ 11,972     $ 180     $ 0.49       0.66 %
2001
  $ 20,868     $ 302     $ 0.83       0.99 %
2002
  $ 39,988     $ 591     $ 1.62       1.70 %
2003 Annualized
  $ 38,835     $ 643     $ 1.76       1.89 %
C&W Forecast
  $ 40,000     $ 635     $ 1.74       1.87 %

The expense comparables showed expenses for this category from $ 520 to $1,257 per resident (average of $ 828 per resident), while the industry data showed a range from $ 278 to $ 726 per resident (median of $ 463 per resident). Insurance costs for senior living properties have increased strongly over the last one to two years. The subject’s actual expenses are supported by the comparable properties. The 2003 annualized amount is very excessive and we were not able to ascertain what was actually included in the year-to-date figures. As such, we have not placed any reliance on this figure. We have forecast Year 1 insurance costs at $40,000 or $ 635 per resident.

Management Fee

The subject is managed by ARV at a rate equal to 5.0 percent of effective gross income. According to data by The 2002 State of Senior Housing Report, the median management fee for congregate living facilities is 5.0 percent, with a general range from 5.0 to 7.0 percent. We have concluded to a 5.0 percent management fee and which equates to a Year 1 expense of $106,920 or $1,697 per resident in our analysis.

Replacement Reserves

Replacement reserves are necessary for replacement of roof covering, mechanical systems, furnishings, appliances, etc. For a facility such as the subject, it is reasonable to deduct one to two percent of net resident revenues for replacement reserves. The ASHA industry data shows a range of reserve unit allowances from $ 181 to $ 525 per unit with a median of $ 326 per unit. In the case of the subject and its date of construction, we have deducted an amount equal to $300 per unit and which equates to a total cost of $21,000 or $ 333 per resident, which is well supported by the industry data.

Expense Summary

Overall, the first year expenses for the subject (including management fees and reserves) are projected at $1,599,520 ($25,389 per resident) and 74.80 percent of effective gross income. The sale comparables indicated expense ratios from 52.75 to 69.17 percent (average of 63.90 percent), while the industry data showed a range from 76 to 81 percent (median of 75 percent). Additionally, the subject has operated at expense ratios ranging from 55.7 to 63.8 percent over the last three years (includes management and reserve allowances).

We note that, according to The Senior Care Acquisition Report 2003, that the average expense ratio for assisted living facilities was 75.8 percent in 2002 and which represented an approximately eight percent increase from 70.4 percent in 2001. The survey noted, however,

     
VALUATION SERVICES 99 ADVISORY GROUP
(CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD)

 


 

INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH

that many of the properties used in the sampling were troubled which resulted in a higher reported operating expense basis.

Furthermore, operating margins for assisted living facilities were reported at 30.8 percent for the median, 18.4 percent for the lower quartile and 34.7 percent for the upper quartile according to the State of Senior Housing Report 2002.

Our conclusion equates to a net operating income per resident of $8,554, which is below the most recent full operating year (2002) of $12,373 per resident. The difference, however, is directly related to our stabilized market occupancy that is higher than that witnessed in 2002, as well as having increased some expense levels to market levels. As such, our expense and resultant net operating income estimate is considered reasonable in light of the historical data. A summary of our Year 1 proforma is presented below.

Retirement Inn of Campbell
STABILIZED OPERATING STATEMENT

                                                   
                      Total   PR   PRD   % of EGI
                     
 
 
 
EFFECTIVE GROSS INCOME
                  $ 2,138,400     $ 33,943     $ 92.99          
EXPENSES
                                               
 
General/Administrative
                  $ 50,000     $ 794     $ 2.17       2.34 %
 
Payroll (Wages)
                  $ 650,000     $ 10,317     $ 28.27       30.40 %
 
Payroll Taxes & Benefits
                  $ 240,000     $ 3,810     $ 10.44       11.22 %
 
Resident Care
                  $ 16,000     $ 254     $ 0.70       0.75 %
 
Food Services
                  $ 140,000     $ 2,222     $ 6.09       6.55 %
 
Activities
                  $ 14,000     $ 222     $ 0.61       0.65 %
 
Housekeeping/Laundry
                  $ 18,000     $ 286     $ 0.78       0.84 %
 
Plant Operations
                  $ 90,000     $ 1,429     $ 3.91       4.21 %
 
Utilities
                  $ 100,000     $ 1,587     $ 4.35       4.68 %
 
Marketing/Promotions
                  $ 40,000     $ 635     $ 1.74       1.87 %
 
Real Estate Taxes
                  $ 73,600     $ 1,168     $ 3.20       3.44 %
 
Insurance
                  $ 40,000     $ 635     $ 1.74       1.87 %
 
                   
     
     
     
 
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES
            68.8 %   $ 1,471,600     $ 23,359     $ 64.00       68.82 %
 
Management Fees
    5.0 %           $ 106,920     $ 1,697     $ 4.65       5.00 %
 
Replacement Reserves
  $ 300             $ 21,000     $ 333     $ 0.91       0.98 %
 
                   
     
     
     
 
TOTAL EXPENSES
                  $ 1,599,520     $ 25,389     $ 69.56       74.80 %
NET OPERATING INCOME
                  $ 538,880     $ 8,554     $ 23.43       25.20 %

(*) Per Actual Resident

Direct Capitalization Rate Analysis

In determining an appropriate capitalization rate, the rates of return have been derived by applying three different methods: market extraction from the sales comparables, our findings reported in The Senior Care Acquisition Report, 2003, published by Irving Levin Associates, Inc., findings from the Senior Care Participants Survey completed by Cushman & Wakefield, Inc., and from Band-of-Investment.

     
VALUATION SERVICES 100 ADVISORY GROUP
(CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD)

 


 

INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH

The capitalization rate was determined by analyzing investment rates of return acceptable to buyers. The rate of return on an investment is determined by analyzing several aspects of that investment and then assigning a risk associated with those aspects. Elements usually considered are:

  Reliability of the gross income prediction. How certain is it that the income will be forthcoming? Income is more dependable when the property is leased on a long-term basis to financially responsible tenants than when rented on a month-to-month basis to less reliable tenants.
 
  Reliability of the expense prediction. Is there great danger of having expenses increase materially, or is there a fair chance that they will remain about the same or even decrease?
 
  Expense ratio. If the expenses are low in relation to gross income, the quality of the net income may be better, because a moderate reduction in gross income or a moderate increase in expenses does not affect the net income substantially.
 
  Burden of management. Even when real estate management is employed, a property that requires constant attention, because of either maintenance or rent collection problems, is less desirable than one that needs minimal management. A long-term lease that requires a tenant to take care of all repairs and to pay taxes and insurance presents a situation that is relatively free from this burden of management.
 
  Marketability of the property. An investment that has marketability and liquidity appeals to a wider group of investors than one lacking those attributes.
 
  Stability of value. The value or market price of a piece of real property tends to remain within a narrower range for longer periods of time than do most other commodities.

As described previously, the gross income projected for the property is subject to such uncertainties as competition from other facilities and fluctuations in demand for the subject’s services. Moreover, the subject property has limited marketability and liquidity because a purchaser must have the appropriate operating license from the applicable state regulatory agencies, which limit the number of potential investors and would, in any potential sale of the property, create impediments and delays.

Going-In Capitalization Rate

The first method used to derive the capitalization rate was a review of comparable sales that have occurred in the subject’s regional area. The overall capitalization rates derived from the assisted living facility sales used in the Sales Comparison Approach are summarized below:

     
VALUATION SERVICES 101 ADVISORY GROUP
(CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD)

 


 

INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH

CAPITALIZATION RATE SUMMARY

                                 
        Date   Year           Capitalization
No.   Property Name   of Sale   Built   Occupancy   Rate

 
 
 
 
 
1   Carmel Village   Jan-03     1986       97 %     11.14 %
2   Emerald Hills   Sep-02     1999       95 %     11.19 %
3   Mapleride of Laguna Creek   Jan-02     1999       95 %     10.55 %
4   Woodmark at Summit Ridge   Feb-02     1998       95 %     12.94 %
5   Manor at Lakeside   Aug-01     1981       95 %     11.56 %
6   Atria Redding   Jul-01     2000       95 %     12.50 %
Low             1981       95 %     10.55 %
High             2000       97 %     12.94 %
Median             1999       95 %     11.38 %
Average             1994       95 %     11.65 %

The overall capitalization rates of the comparable sales range from 10.55 to 12.94 percent, with an average indicated of 11.65 percent. These rates are reported to be after management fee and reserves. The capitalization rates reflect actual buyer expectations of existing facilities and are directly applicable to the subject and the spread in the capitalization rates is 239 basis points. Although this is a relatively wide range in rates, the sales nevertheless are felt to provide a good comparison of estimating a market capitalization rate. We believe that based on the market positioning, age, quality and condition of the subject, a capitalization rate in the lower to middle portion of the range would be warranted. From this, we have concluded to a range from 11.00 to 11.50 percent for the subject.

Industry Findings

To further test the capitalization rates, data on assisted living acquisition trends in The Senior Care Acquisition Report, Eighth Edition, 2003, was consulted. The report indicated that after two years of declining capitalization rates for assisted living properties, 2002 saw an increase in rates to a reported average of 12.20 percent. This information is summarized in the graph below.

     
VALUATION SERVICES 102 ADVISORY GROUP
(CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD)

 


 

INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH

(ASSISTED LIVING FACILITY CAPITALIZATION RATES BAR CHART)

In addition, Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. has surveyed senior care participants regarding their investment parameters for senior housing properties. This recent information has been summarized in the following table.

2003 Participants Survey

                                                 
                    Change From 2002   Change From 2001
            Survey  
 
Property Type   Survey Range   Average   Basis Point   %   Basis Point   %

 
 
 
 
 
 
Capitalization Rates
                                               
55+ Senior Apartments
    7.00% - 10.25 %     8.15 %     -7       0.9 %     -68       -7.6 %
Independent Living
    9.00% - 10.50 %     9.55 %     -5       0.5 %     -30       -3.0 %
Assisted Living
    10.00% - 12.25 %     10.85 %     -17       1.6 %     -8       -7.2 %
Skilled Nursing
    11.50% - 18.00 %     14.15 %     16       -1.1 %     -61       -4.2 %
Continuing Care Retirement Community
    9.00% - 11.50 %     10.40 %     -35       3.4 %     -15       -1.4 %
Internal Rates of Return
                                               
55+ Senior Apartments
    9.50% - 15.00 %     10.60 %     -15       1.4 %     -20       -1.8 %
Independent Living
    10.00% - 15.00 %     11.90 %     -25       2.1 %     -65       -5.7 %
Assisted Living
    12.00% - 17.00 %     15.30 %     42       -2.7 %     -22       -1.5 %
Skilled Nursing
    13.00% - 20.00 %     16.30 %     -25       1.5 %     -165       -9.1 %
Continuing Care Retirement Community
    9.00% - 17.00 %     13.00 %     -25       1.9 %     -135       -9.2 %

Source: Senior Care Participants Survey, 2003 by Cushman & Wakefield, Inc.

In reviewing the 2003 survey, capitalization rates for assisted living facilities ranged from 10.00 to 12.25 percent with an average indication of 10.85 percent. This data is seen as being nearly 135 basis points below that reported previously in The Senior Care Acquisition Report, Eighth Edition, 2003. The 2003 C&W survey also shows that capitalization rates have declined slightly over those reported in 2002 and 2001.

             
VALUATION SERVICES     103     ADVISORY GROUP
            (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH

In choosing the appropriate capitalization rate for the subject, we have considered its location, occupancy, as well as the overall condition and utility of the property. The subject is a mid-sized assisted living facility located in a favorable demographic area in California. The market area is considered to be at an equilibrium basis with no under- or over-supply at this time. Based on the data and characteristics of the subject and marketplace, we believe a capitalization rate of between 11.00 to 11.50 percent to be appropriate for the property.

Band of Investment

The Band of Investment technique accounts for the combination of equity and prevailing financing which are banded together to finance this type of real estate. The rate developed is a weighted average, the weights being percentages of the total value, which are occupied by the mortgage and equity positions.

After surveying several commercial mortgage lenders and consulting the most recent Senior Care Participants Survey, published by Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. and the Senior Care Acquisition Report, published by Irving Levin Associates, it is our opinion that a typical creditworthy owner could obtain financing from a lending source in an amount equal to 75 percent of value at an annual interest rate of 8.50 percent. A typical loan period for this type of real estate ranges from 20 to 30 years. Utilizing a 25-year amortization period at an 8.50 percent interest rate (payable monthly) yields a mortgage constant of 0.0966273.

For a review of investor rates of return, reference is made to the previous table, which showed investment parameters for assisted living properties.

As shown in the table, internal rates of return or equity dividend rates for senior housing properties ranged from 9.50 to 20.00 percent. Independent living facilities fall within the lower to middle portion of the range from 10.00 to 15.0 percent with an average indicated rate of 11.90 percent. Assisted living facilities fall within the middle portion at 12.00 to 17.0 percent with an average indicated rate of 15.30 percent.

Based on the data, we believe a prudent investor in a senior housing property like the subject would accept an initial annual return of between 10 percent and 15 percent of an equity investment in anticipation of a stable income flow and property appreciation over time. From this, and based on the subject’s physical, locational and competitive structure, a rate from within the middle portion of the latter range, or 14.0 percent would be reasonable.

It should be emphasized that the equity dividend rate is not necessarily the same as an equity yield rate or true rate of return on equity capital. The equity dividend rate is an equity capitalization that reflects all benefits that can be recognized by the equity investor as of the date of purchase. The overall capitalization rate is developed as follows:

             
VALUATION SERVICES     104     ADVISORY GROUP
            (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

INCOME CAPITALIZATION APPROACH

Band of Investment Technique

                         
 75.0%   MORTGAGE   X   0.0966273 Mortgage Constant   =     0.0724  
 25.0%   Equity   X   0.1400 Equity Dividend   =     0.0350  

 
               
 
100.0%   Total                 0.1074  
            OAR = 10.74%            

Direct Capitalization Method Conclusion

We estimated a capitalization rate of 10.55 to 12.94 percent through our direct comparison analysis, while the band-of-investment technique correlated to 10.74 percent. Utilizing both methods to develop a capitalization rate, tempered with investor criteria and the specific attributes of the subject, we feel a rate of 11.50 percent is warranted for the property. We note that this rate is applied after reserves. Our conclusion via the Direct Capitalization Method is as follows:

DIRECT CAPITALIZATION METHOD

     
Net Operating Income   $538,880
                 
Sensitivity Analysis (0.25% OAR Spread)   Value   $/Unit

 
 
Based on Low-Range of 11.25%
  $ 4,790,044     $ 68,429  
Based on Most Probable Range of 11.50%
  $ 4,685,913     $ 66,942  
Based on High-Range of 11.75%
  $ 4,586,213     $ 65,517  
Reconciled Value
  $ 4,685,913     $ 66,942  
Rounded to nearest $100,000
  $ 4,700,000     $ 67,143  
         
Value Conclusion:       $4,700,000
             
VALUATION SERVICES     105     ADVISORY GROUP
            (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

RECONCILIATION AND FINAL VALUE OPINION

Valuation Methodology Review and Reconciliation

This Appraisal employs all three typical approaches to value: the Cost Approach, the Sales Comparison Approach and the Income Capitalization Approach. Based on our analysis and knowledge of the subject property type and relevant investor profiles, it is our opinion that all approaches would be considered meaningful and applicable in developing a credible value conclusion.

The approaches indicated the following values:

                 
Cost Approach
  $ 3,950,000  
Sales Comparison Approach:
  $ 4,800,000  
Income Capitalization Approach:
  $ 4,700,000  

Due to the fact that the subject is an income producing property, investors are primarily concerned with their return on equity. Therefore, the Income Capitalization Approach was given most weight in our final value conclusion. The Sales Comparison and Cost Approaches provide a reasonable check on the value derived via the Income Capitalization Approach.

The Cost Approach provides a reliable estimate of value for proposed or newly constructed improvements. However, as the property ages and obsolescence occurs, it is increasingly difficult to quantify the resultant depreciation. Nonetheless, as the subject represents older construction, the degree of depreciation was moderate and is considered reasonable based on the market data. This approach, however, falls below the indications provided by the Sales Comparison and Income Capitalization Approaches with the difference related to the intrinsic value associated with the going concern of the property. As such, this approach has been given only limited support for our findings via the other two approaches to value.

The Sales Comparison Approach reflects an estimate of value as indicated by the actual sales of assisted living facilities. In this approach, we searched the state for transactions of similar property types. Given that these types of properties are typically purchased based on their income producing capabilities, this approach was useful in providing support for our findings in the Income Capitalization Approach.

The Income Capitalization Approach is typically considered the most appropriate approach to utilize when valuing going concerns such as nursing homes and assisted living facilities. This approach considers the income potential of the property. In our Income Capitalization Approach to value, the anticipated monetary benefits of ownership were converted into a value estimate. Within the Income Capitalization Approach, direct capitalization was used as it is the most common method used by investors and purchasers in acquiring existing and stabilized properties of this nature.

Based on our Complete Appraisal as defined by the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice, we have developed an opinion that the “as-is” going concern market value of the fee simple estate of the referenced property, subject to the assumptions, limiting conditions, certifications, and definitions, on October 16, 2003 was:

FOUR MILLION SEVEN HUNDRED FIFTY THOUSAND DOLLARS

$4,750,000

             
VALUATION SERVICES     106     ADVISORY GROUP
            (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

RECONCILIATION AND FINAL VALUE OPINION

Personal Property Allocation

Included in the above estimate of market value is the contributing value of the personal property at the subject property, or the furnishings, fixtures and equipment (FF&E). FF&E is generally considered to be part of the assisted living facility and is typically sold with the building. It is therefore considered to be a part of the property’s total value. FF&E includes the unit and public area furnishings, kitchen equipment, service/maintenance equipment and other machinery. Based on previous analysis of the subject, we estimated the value of the FF&E as new to be $281,750, including a percent factor for entrepreneurial profit.

Physical deterioration (depreciation) must be deducted for the FF&E. The subject opened in 1975. Based on our physical inspection of the property, we are of the opinion that the property is currently in average physical condition. We have estimated that the subject’s FF&E has a useful life of 10 years and we have estimated the current effective age at 8 years. This equates to an 80 percent depreciation factor, as summarized in the following table.

Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment

         
Total Value of FF&E As New
  $ 281,750  
Physical Life (Yrs)
    10  
Effective Age (Yrs)
    8  
Percent Depreciated (%)
    80  
Percent Value Remaining (%)
    20  
Depreciated Value
  $ 56,350  
Rounded
  $ 60,000  

The contributing value of the FF&E is believed to be the cost of the FF&E less its accrued depreciation. This equates to $60,000 rounded.

Business Value (Going Concern)

Assisted living facilities are undisputedly a combination of business and real estate; the day-to- date operation of an assisted living facility represents a business over and above the real estate value. Numerous theories have been developed over time in an attempt to isolate the business component of a senior housing facility.

In our analysis, we have determined the value of the real estate in the Cost Approach to be $3,950,000. As the value of the going concern (Income Capitalization and Sales Comparison Approaches) was determined to be $4,750,000 (which includes the $60,000 in FF&E), this indicates that there is $740,000 in business value.

             
VALUATION SERVICES     107     ADVISORY GROUP
            (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

ASSUMPTIONS AND LIMITING CONDITIONS

“Report” means the appraisal or consulting report and conclusions stated therein, or a letter opinion, to which these Assumptions and Limiting Conditions are annexed.

“Property” means the subject of the Report

“C&W” means Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. or its subsidiary that issued the Report.

“Appraiser(s)” means the employee(s) of C&W who prepared and signed the Report.

The Report has been made subject to the following assumptions and limiting conditions:

1.   No opinion is intended to be expressed and no responsibility is assumed for the legal description or for any matters that are legal in nature or require legal expertise or specialized knowledge beyond that of a real estate appraiser. Title to the Property is assumed to be good and marketable and the Property is assumed to be free and clear of all liens unless otherwise stated. No survey of the Property was undertaken.
 
2.   The information contained in the Report or upon which the Report is based has been gathered from sources the Appraiser assumes to be reliable and accurate. The owner of the Property may have provided some of such information. Neither the Appraiser nor C&W shall be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of such information, including the correctness of estimates, opinions, dimensions, sketches, exhibits and factual matters. Any authorized user of the Report is obligated to bring to the attention of C&W any inaccuracies or errors that it believes are contained in the Report.
 
3.   The opinions are only as of the date stated in the Report. Changes since that date in external and market factors or in the Property itself can significantly affect the conclusions.
 
4.   The Report is to be used in whole and not in part. No part of the Report shall be used in conjunction with any other analyses. Publication of the Report or any portion thereof without the prior written consent of C&W is prohibited. Reference to the Appraisal Institute or to the MAI designation is prohibited. Except as may be otherwise stated in the letter of engagement, the Report may not be used by any person other than the party to whom it is addressed or for purposes other than that for which it was prepared. No part of the Report shall be conveyed to the public through advertising, or used in any sales or promotional or offering or SEC material without C&W’s prior written consent.

Any authorized user of this Report who provides a copy to, or permits reliance thereon by, any person or entity not authorized by C&W in writing to use or rely thereon, hereby agrees to indemnify and hold C&W, its affiliates and their respective shareholders, directors, officers and employees, harmless from and against all damages, expenses, claims and costs, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in investigating and defending any claim arising from or in any way connected to the use of, or reliance upon, the Report by any such unauthorized person or entity.
 
5.   Except as may be otherwise stated in the letter of engagement, the Appraiser shall not be required to give testimony in any court or administrative proceeding relating to the Property or the Appraisal.
 
6.   The Report assumes (a) responsible ownership and competent management of the Property; (b) there are no hidden or unapparent conditions of the Property, subsoil or structures that render the Property more or less valuable (no responsibility is assumed for such conditions or for arranging for engineering studies that may be required to

             
VALUATION SERVICES     108     ADVISORY GROUP
            (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

ASSUMPTIONS AND LIMITING CONDITIONS

    discover them); (c) full compliance with all applicable federal, state and local zoning and environmental regulations and laws, unless noncompliance is stated, defined and considered in the Report; and (d) all required licenses, certificates of occupancy and other governmental consents have been or can be obtained and renewed for any use on which the value estimate contained in the Report is based.
 
7.   The physical condition of the improvements considered by the Report is based on visual inspection by the Appraiser or other person identified in the Report. C&W assumes no responsibility for the soundness of structural members nor for the condition of mechanical equipment, plumbing or electrical components.
 
8.   The forecasted potential gross income referred to in the Report may be based on lease summaries provided by the owner or third parties. The Report assumes no responsibility for the authenticity or completeness of lease information provided by others. C&W recommends that legal advice be obtained regarding the interpretation of lease provisions and the contractual rights of parties.
 
9.   The forecasts of income and expenses are not predictions of the future. Rather, they are the Appraiser’s best estimates of current market thinking on future income and expenses. The Appraiser and C&W make no warranty or representation that these forecasts will materialize. The real estate market is constantly fluctuating and changing. It is not the Appraiser’s task to predict or in any way warrant the conditions of a future real estate market; the Appraiser can only reflect what the investment community, as of the date of the Report, envisages for the future in terms of rental rates, expenses, and supply and demand.
 
10.   Unless otherwise stated in the Report, the existence of potentially hazardous or toxic materials that may have been used in the construction or maintenance of the improvements or may be located at or about the Property was not considered in arriving at the opinion of value. These materials (such as formaldehyde foam insulation, asbestos insulation and other potentially hazardous materials) may adversely affect the value of the Property. The Appraisers are not qualified to detect such substances. C&W recommends that an environmental expert be employed to determine the impact of these matters on the opinion of value.
 
11.   Unless otherwise stated in the Report, compliance with the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA) has not been considered in arriving at the opinion of value. Failure to comply with the requirements of the ADA may adversely affect the value of the Property. C&W recommends that an expert in this field be employed.
 
12.   If the Report is submitted to a lender or investor with the prior approval of C&W, such party should consider this Report as only one factor together with its independent investment considerations and underwriting criteria, in its overall investment decision. Such lender or investor is specifically cautioned to understand all Extraordinary Assumptions and Hypothetical Conditions and the Assumptions and Limiting Conditions incorporated in this Report.
 
13.   In the event of a claim against C&W or its affiliates or their respective officers or employees or the Appraisers in connection with or in any way relating to this Report or this engagement, the maximum damages recoverable shall be the amount of the monies

             
VALUATION SERVICES     109     ADVISORY GROUP
            (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

ASSUMPTIONS AND LIMITING CONDITIONS

    actually collected by C&W or its affiliates for this Report and under no circumstances shall any claim for consequential damages be made.
 
14.   If the Report is referred to or included in any offering material or prospectus, the Report shall be deemed referred to or included for informational purposes only and C&W, its employees and the Appraiser have no liability to such recipients. C&W disclaims any and all liability to any party other than the party which retained C&W to prepare the Report.
 
15.   By use of this Report each party that uses this Report agrees to be bound by all of the Assumptions and Limiting Conditions stated herein.

Extraordinary Assumptions

An extraordinary assumption is defined as “an assumption, directly related to a specific assignment, which, if found to be false, could alter the appraiser’s opinions or conclusions. Extraordinary assumptions presume as fact otherwise uncertain information about physical, legal or economic characteristics of the subject property or about conditions external to the property, such as market conditions or trends, or the integrity of data used in an analysis.” (USPAP 2001 Edition, ASB of The Appraisal Foundation, 1/1/2001, page 2).

This Appraisal assumes that the property meets the licensing requirements of the State of California as a residential care facility for the elderly and continues to remain in compliance with applicable life safety codes.

This Appraisal employs no other Extraordinary Assumptions.

Hypothetical Conditions

A hypothetical condition is defined as “that which is contrary to what exists, but is supposed for the purpose of analysis. Hypothetical conditions assume conditions contrary to known facts about physical, legal, or economic characteristics of the subject property or about conditions external to the property, such as market conditions or trends, or the integrity of data used in an analysis.” (USPAP 2001 Edition, ASB of The Appraisal Foundation, 1/1/2001, page 3).

This Appraisal employs no Hypothetical Conditions.

             
VALUATION SERVICES     110     ADVISORY GROUP
            (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

CERTIFICATION OF APPRAISAL

We certify that, to the best of our knowledge and belief:

1.   The statements of fact contained in this report are true and correct.
 
2.   The reported analyses, opinions, and conclusions are limited only by the reported assumptions and limiting conditions, and is our personal, impartial, and unbiased professional analyses, opinions, and conclusions.
 
3.   We have no present or prospective interest in the property that is the subject of this report, and no personal interest with respect to the parties involved.
 
4.   We have no bias with respect to the property that is the subject of this report or to the parties involved with this assignment.
 
5.   Our engagement in this assignment was not contingent upon developing or reporting predetermined results.
 
6.   Our compensation for completing this assignment is not contingent upon the development or reporting of a predetermined value or direction in value that favors the cause of the client, the amount of the value opinion, the attainment of a stipulated result, or the occurrence of a subsequent event directly related to the intended use of this Appraisal.
 
7.   Our analyses, opinions, and conclusions were developed, and this report has been prepared, in conformity with the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice of the Appraisal Foundation and the Code of Professional Ethics and the Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice of the Appraisal Institute.
 
8.   Mark E. Bryant made a personal inspection of the property that is the subject of this report. John M. Vissotzky, MAI, Managing Director, Valuation Advisory Services, reviewed and approved the report but did not inspect the property.
 
9.   No one provided significant real property appraisal assistance to the persons signing this report.
 
10.   The use of this report is subject to the requirements of the Appraisal Institute relating to review by its duly authorized representatives.
 
11.   As of the date of this report, Appraisal Institute continuing education for John M. Vissotzky, MAI is current.

     
-s- Mark E. Bryant   -s- John M. Vissotzky
 

 
Mark E. Bryant   John M. Vissotzky, MAI
Managing Director   Managing Director
Senior Housing/Healthcare Industry Group    
California Certified General Appraiser    
License No. AG02572    
             
VALUATION SERVICES     111     ADVISORY GROUP
            (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

ADDENDA

         
    Addenda Contents    
         
    ADDENDUM A:   Letter of Engagement
         
    ADDENDUM B:   Legal Description
         
    ADDENDUM C:   Demographics
         
    ADDENDUM D:   Property Exhibits
         
    ADDENDUM E:   Historical Operating Statements
         
    ADDENDUM F:   Comparable Land Sale Data Sheets
         
    ADDENDUM G:   Comparable Improved Sale Data Sheets
         
    ADDENDUM H:   Qualifications of the Appraisers
             
VALUATION SERVICES     112     ADVISORY GROUP
            (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

ADDENDA

ADDENDUM A: Letter of Engagement

 


 

         
    (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)
         
        Cushman & Wakefield of Georgia, Inc.
        3300 One Atlantic Center
        1201 West Peachtree Street
        Atlanta, GA 30309
        404-853-5351 Tel
        404-874-8046 Fax
        Norman_LeZotte@Cushwake.com

September 30, 2003

Mr. Douglas Armstrong
General Counsel
ARV Assisted Living, Inc.
245 Fischer Avenue, D-1
Costa Mesa, CA 92626

     
Re:   12 Assisted Living Facilities
    In California and Arizona

Dear Mr. Armstrong:

Thank you for requesting our proposal for appraisal services. This proposal letter, with its attachments, will become, upon your acceptance, our letter of engagement to provide the services outlined herein.

THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT: Cushman & Wakefield of Georgia, Inc. Cushman & Wakefield of California, Inc. and Cushman & Wakefield of Arizona, Inc. will prepare the appraisals. We understand that ARV Assisted Living, Inc. (“ARV”) and its affiliates are the clients in this assignment and will be referred to herein, collectively, at times as the “Client” and the report will be addressed to ARV and/or one or more of its affiliates as requested by ARV.

The appraisal will be prepared and submitted to the Client for use only in connection with the proxy solicitation/tender offers filed with the SEC and distributed to the holders of limited partnership interests in American Retirement Villas Properties II and American Retirement Villas Properties III. L.P. (the “Partnerships”). Unless we otherwise consent in writing , the appraisal cannot be used (other than in the material related to the proxy solicitation/tender offer referred to above) for any purpose. If the Appraisal is submitted to a lender or investor with the prior approval of C&W, such party should consider this Appraisal as only one factor together with its independent investment considerations and underwriting criteria, in its overall investment decision. Such lender or investor is specifically cautioned to understand all Extraordinary Assumptions and Hypothetical Conditions and the Assumptions and Limiting Conditions incorporated in the Appraisal.

REPORTING REQUIREMENTS: We have agreed to prepare a Complete Appraisal in a Self-Contained format. The market value of the Fee Simple or Leasehold Interest will be presented As Is. You have also requested that we include the Going Concern Value as of the specified date of value. The valuation methods utilized in these reports will include the Income Approach, Sale Comparison Approach, and Cost Approach if all deemed applicable in producing a credible value estimate. The appraisal reports will be signed by an Appraisal Institute member holding the title of MAI (Member Appraisal Institute). Any appraisal report will

             
VALUATION SERVICES           ADVISORY GROUP
            (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

Mr. Douglas Armstrong
ARV Assisted Living, Inc.
September 30, 2003
Page 2

contain reliance language to the effect that the report is for the use and benefit of ARV, any of its affiliates, agents, and advisors and that the report and references to the report may be included and quoted in any tender offer or solicitation document (whether electronic or hard copy format) in connection with the transactions involving the Partnership referred to above.

PROPERTY INFORMATION: The twelve subject properties are:

ARV PORTFOLIO

                                         
Property   Units   City   State   YR Built   Appraisal fee

 
 
 
 
 
Covina Villa
    63     Covina   CA     1977     $ 5,500  
Montego Heights Lodge
    163     Walnut Creek   CA     1978     $ 4,500  
R.I. Of Burlingame
    67     Burlingame   CA     1977     $ 4,500  
R.I. Of Campbell
    71     Campbell   CA     1977     $ 4,500  
R.I. Of Daly City
    95     Daly City   CA     1975     $ 4,500  
R.I. Of Fremont
    68     Fremont   CA     1977     $ 4,500  
R.I.Of Fullerton
    68     Fullerton   CA     1974     $ 4,500  
R.I. Of Sunnyvale
    120     Sunnyvale   CA     1977     $ 4,500  
Valley View Lodge
    125     Walnut Creek   CA     1986     $ 4,500  
Inn @ Willow Glen
    83     San Jose   CA     1977     $ 5,000  
Chandler Villas
    164     Chandler   AZ     1988     $ 5,500  
Villa Las Posas
    123     Camarillo   CA     1997     $ 5,500  
 
   
                             
 
 
    1,210                             $ 57,500  

The entire fee is inclusive of any travel expenses and is a net fee to ARV or its Designated Affiliates

REGULATIONS OF FEDERAL AGENCIES: Federal banking regulations require banks and savings and loan associations to employ appraisers where a FIRREA compliant appraisal must be used in connection with mortgage loans or other transactions involving federally regulated lending institutions, including mortgage bankers/brokers. The appraisal being prepared would comply with the requirements of FIRREA if it were being delivered for use by a federally regulated institution. This appraisal will be prepared in accordance with the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice of The Appraisal Foundation, the Standards of Professional Practice and the Code of Ethics of the Appraisal Institute.

STANDARD ASSUMPTIONS AND LIMITING CONDITIONS: Our report will be subject to our standard Assumptions and Limiting Conditions, which will be incorporated into the appraisal. The appraisal report may also be subject to any Extraordinary Assumptions and Hypothetical Conditions.

CONSENT: We understand that you intend to include, in the tender offer/proxy solicitation materials referred to above, a copy of our appraisal report, a description of the report and a summary of the procedures we followed in preparing our report, and our basis for, and the

             
VALUATION SERVICES           ADVISORY GROUP
            (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

Mr. Douglas Armstrong
ARV Assisted Living, Inc.
September 30, 2003
Page 3

methods we used in arriving at, the conclusions reflected in our report. We agree to assist in the preparation of such description and summary and consent to your inclusion in the tender officer/proxy solicitation material of a copy of the appraisal report and a description and summary reasonably acceptable to us. Furthermore, you agree to pay the reasonable fees of our legal counsel for the review of any such description and summary to be included in such material which is the subject of the requested consent.

In the event the Client provides a copy of this appraisal to, or permits reliance thereon by, any person or entity not authorized by C&W in writing to use or rely thereon, ARV hereby agrees to indemnify and hold C&W, its affiliates and their respective shareholders, directors, officers and employees, harmless from and against all damages, expenses, claims and costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred in investigating and defending any claim arising from the use of, or reliance upon, the appraisal by any such unauthorized person or entity. ARV also hereby agrees to indemnify and hold C&W, its affiliates and their respective shareholders, directors, officers, and employees harmless from and against all damages, expenses, claims, costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred in investigating and defending any claim arising from the reliance upon the appraisal by any limited partner of the Partnerships or in connection with the tender offer/proxy solicitation material described herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither ARV nor any of its affiliates shall be required to indemnify or hold harmless C&W, its affiliates or any of their respective shareholders, directors, officers or employees for or against any losses, damages, expenses, claims or costs resulting from the gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of C&W, its affiliates or any of their respective shareholders, directors, officers, or employees. This indemnification shall be binding on ARV, its successors and assigns.

If the Appraisal is referred to or included in any offering material or prospectus, (other than the proxy solicitation/tender offer material referred to above), the Appraisal shall be deemed referred to or included for informational purposes only and C&W, its employees and the Appraiser have no liability to such recipients. C&W disclaims any and all liability to any party other than the party which retained C&W to prepare the Appraisal.

INFORMATION NEEDED TO COMPLETE THE ASSIGNMENT: We understand that you will provide the following information for our review, if available.

  Plot Plan/Survey and Legal Description
 
  Building plans
 
  Original construction and site acquisition costs
 
  Cost of any major expansions, modifications or repairs incurred over the past three years/Capital Expense Budget
 
  Operating Statements for three previous years plus year-to-date
 
  Most recent real estate tax bill or statement
 
  Operating Budgets

             
VALUATION SERVICES           ADVISORY GROUP
            (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

Mr. Douglas Armstrong
ARV Assisted Living, Inc.
September 30, 2003
Page 4

  Sales history of the subject property over the past three years at a minimum
 
  Rent roll
 
  On Site Contact — Name and Phone #

When appropriate, we will include graphics such as maps, photographs and charts to assist in visualizing our findings. The final reports will be delivered electronically. We will provide hard copies upon request.

Fee and Schedule of Payment: The fee for this assignment shall be $57,500 in total (please see previous chart for individual fees), payable at the time of transmission of the report electronically or in three (3) bound copies. A retainer equal to fifty percent ($28,750) of the fee shall be paid when you return this engagement letter signed by you below authorizing the assignment to us. The balance of the fee will be due upon delivery of the report. Payment of the fee is not contingent on the appraised value, outcome of the consultation report, a loan closing, or any other prearranged condition.

Additional fees will be charged on an hourly basis for any work which exceeds the scope of this proposal, including performing additional valuation scenarios, additional research and conference calls or meetings with any party which exceed the time allotted for an assignment of this nature. If we are requested to stop working on this assignment, for any reason, prior to our completion of the appraisal, we will be entitled to bill you for the time put in to date at our hourly rates.

Response to Review: We agree to respond to your review of our report within five (5) business days of your communication to us. Correspondingly, you will have twenty-one (21) days from receipt of our report to communicate your review. We reserve the right to bill you for responding to your review beyond this time period.

Authorizing the Assignment and Report Delivery: We agree to complete the assignment within (21) days of receipt of your written authorization to proceed. You may authorize the assignment by signing this letter and returning it to us with the requested retainer.

Responding to Subpoena or Other Judicial Command to Produce Documents: If we receive a subpoena or other judicial command to produce documents or to provide testimony involving this assignment in connection with a lawsuit or proceeding, we will use reasonable efforts to notify you of our receipt of same. However, if we are not a party to these proceedings, you agree to reimburse us for the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses that we incur in responding to any subpoena or judicial command, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, if any, as they are incurred. We will be compensated at the then prevailing hourly rates of the personnel responding to the subpoena or command for testimony.

Limitation on Liability: By signing this agreement, except as may be prohibited by applicable law, Client expressly agrees that its sole and exclusive remedy for any and all losses or damages relating to this agreement shall be limited to the amount of the appraisal fee paid by the Client. In the event that the Client, or any other party entitled to do so, makes a claim against C&W or any of its affiliates or any of their respective officers or employees in connection with or any way relating to this engagement or the appraisal, the maximum damages recoverable from C&W or any of its affiliates or their respective officers or employees shall be

             
VALUATION SERVICES           ADVISORY GROUP
            (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

Mr. Douglas Armstrong
ARV Assisted Living, Inc.
September 30, 2003
Page 5

the amount of the monies actually collected by us for this assignment and under no circumstances shall any claim for consequential damages be made.

You acknowledge that any opinions and conclusions expressed by the Cushman & Wakefield professionals during this assignment are representations made as employees and not as individuals. C&W’s responsibility is limited to the client.

Thank you for calling on us to render these services and we look forward to working with you.

Sincerely,

(CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD OF GEORGIA, INC. SIGNATURE AND ADDRESS)

             
VALUATION SERVICES           ADVISORY GROUP
            (CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

ADDENDA

ADDENDUM B: Legal Description


 

EXHIBIT “A”

PARCEL A, AS SHOWN ON THAT CERTAIN PARCEL MAP FILED FOR RECORD IN THE OFFICE OF THE RECORDER OF THE COUNTY OF SANTA CLARA, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, ON DECEMBER 5, 1974, IN BOOK 349 OF MAPS, AT PAGE 25.

Assessor’s Parcel No: 307-47-029


 

ADDENDA

ADDENDUM C: Demographics


 

Senior Life Report
Area(s):
Radius 3.0

             
290 N SAN TOMAS AQUINO RD   Latitude:     37.290801  
CAMPBELL, CA 95008-1628   Longitude:     -121.976426  
                                                   
Population by Age   2000
Census
  Pct.   2002
Estimate
  Pct.   2007
Projection
  Pct.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Population
    197,350               202,970               215,981          
 
Age 45 - 54
    26,147       13.25 %     27,924       13.76 %     31,435       14.55 %
 
Age 55 - 59
    8,859       4.49 %     9,939       4.90 %     12,193       5.65 %
 
Age 60 - 64
    7,099       3.60 %     7,610       3.75 %     9,766       4.52 %
 
Age 65 - 69
    6,150       3.12 %     6,212       3.06 %     7,148       3.31 %
 
Age 70 - 74
    5,574       2.82 %     5,505       2.71 %     5,480       2.54 %
 
Age 75 -79
    4,720       2.39 %     4,647       2.29 %     4,725       2.19 %
 
Age 80 - 84
    2,883       1.46 %     3,086       1.52 %     3,299       1.53 %
 
Age 85 and over
    2,358       1.19 %     2,713       1.34 %     3,089       1.43 %
 
Age 55 and over
    37,642       19.07 %     39,714       19.57 %     45,699       21.16 %
 
Age 65 and over
    21,684       10.99 %     22,164       10.92 %     23,740       10.99 %
Total Population, Male
    98,756               101,392               107,706          
 
Age 45 - 54
    13,079       13.24 %     13,998       13.81 %     15,710       14.59 %
 
Age 55 - 59
    4,215       4.27 %     4,719       4.65 %     5,800       5.38 %
 
Age 60 - 64
    3,334       3.38 %     3,559       3.51 %     4,582       4.25 %
 
Age 65 - 69
    2,843       2.88 %     2,860       2.82 %     3,300       3.06 %
 
Age 70 - 74
    2,424       2.45 %     2,396       2.36 %     2,373       2.20 %
 
Age 75 - 79
    1,954       1.98 %     1,922       1.90 %     1,950       1.81 %
 
Age 80 - 84
    1,101       1.12 %     1,160       1.14 %     1,237       1.15 %
 
Age 85 and over
    654       0.66 %     703       0.69 %     816       0.76 %
 
Age 55 and over
    16,525       16.73 %     17,320       17.08 %     20,058       18.62 %
 
Age 65 and over
    8,976       9.09 %     9,042       8.92 %     9,676       8.98 %
Total Population, Female
    98,594               101,577               108,274          
 
Age 45 - 54
    13,067       13.25 %     13,926       13.71 %     15,724       14.52 %
 
Age 55 - 59
    4,644       4.71 %     5,220       5.14 %     6,393       5.90 %
 
Age 60 - 64
    3,765       3.82 %     4,051       3.99 %     5,185       4.79 %
 
Age 65 - 69
    3,306       3.35 %     3,352       3.30 %     3,847       3.55 %
 
Age 70 - 74
    3,150       3.20 %     3,109       3.06 %     3,107       2.87 %
 
Age 75 - 79
    2,766       2.81 %     2,725       2.68 %     2,775       2.56 %
 
Age 80 - 84
    1,781       1.81 %     1,927       1.90 %     2,062       1.90 %
 
Age 85 and over
    1,704       1.73 %     2,010       1.98 %     2,272       2.10 %
         
(CLARITAS LOGO)   Prepared on: October 20, 2003      08:26 AM

© 2002 Claritas. All rights reserved. (800) 866-6511
  Page 1 of 24

 


 

Senior Life Report
Area(s):
Radius 3.0

             
290 N SAN TOMAS AQUINO RD   Latitude:     37.290801  
CAMPBELL, CA 95008-1628   Longitude:     -121.976426  
                                                 
Population by Age   2000
Census
  Pct.   2002
Estimate
  Pct.   2007
Projection
  Pct.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Age 55 and over
    21,117       21.42 %     22,394       22.05 %     25,641       23.68 %
Age 65 and over
    12,708       12.89 %     13,122       12.92 %     12.92       12.99 %
         
(CLARITAS LOGO)   Prepared on: October 20, 2003      08:26 AM

© 2002 Claritas. All rights reserved. (800) 866-6511
  Page 2 of 24

 


 

Senior Life Report
Area(s):
Radius 3.0

             
290 N SAN TOMAS AQUINO RD   Latitude:     37.290801  
CAMPBELL, CA 95008-1628   Longitude:     -121.976426  
                                                   
Population by Single Race Classification   2000
Census
  Pct.   2002
Estimate
  Pct.   2007
Projection
  Pct.

 
 
 
 
 
 
White Alone
    124,364               123,244               120,332          
 
Age 65 and over
    17,591       14.15 %     17,677       14.34 %     17,906       14.88 %
Black or African American Alone
    5,126               5,356               5,925          
 
Age 65 and over
    158       3.07 %     188       3.50 %     218       3.68 %
American Indian and Alaska Native Alone
    964               1,019               1,170          
 
Age 65 and over
    55       5.75 %     59       5.83 %     69       5.94 %
Asian Alone
    46,631               51,599               62,719          
 
Age 65 and over
    3,157       6.77 %     3,440       6.67 %     4,546       7.25 %
Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific Islander Alone
    516               556               674          
 
Age 65 and over
    18       3.55 %     19       3.48 %     25       3.66 %
Some Other Race Alone
    10,701               11,686               13,991          
 
Age 65 and over
    274       2.56 %     322       2.75 %     402       2.87 %
Two or More Races
    9,048               9,509               11,169          
 
Age 65 and over
    431       4.76 %     460       4.83 %     574       5.14 %
                                                   
Population by Hispanic or Latino   2000
Census
  Pct.   2002
Estimate
  Pct.   2007
Projection
  Pct.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Hispanic or Latino
    25,954               27,650               31,818          
 
Age 65 and over
    1,254       4.83 %     1,240       4.48 %     1,479       4.65 %
Not Hispanic or Latino
    171,396               175,320               184,163          
 
Age 65 and over
    20,431       11.92 %     20,925       11.94 %     22,261       12.09 %
                                                   
Household Income by Age of Householder   1990*
Census
  Pct.   2002
Estimate
  Pct.   2007
Projection
  Pct.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Householder Age 55 - 64
    9,661               9,926               12,119          
 
Income less than $15,000
    750       7.76 %     322       3.25 %     231       1.91 %
 
Income $15,000 - $24,999
    934       9.67 %     347       3.49 %     309       2.55 %
 
Income $25,000 - $34,999
    1,054       10.91 %     421       4.24 %     377       3.11 %
 
Income $35,000 - $49,999
    1,505       15.57 %     791       7.97 %     594       4.90 %
 
Income $50,000 - $74,999
    2,406       24.91 %     1,377       13.87 %     1,388       11.45 %
 
Income $75,000 - $99,999
    1,703       17.62 %     1,348       13.58 %     1,338       11.04 %
 
Income $100,000 - $149,999
    1,013       10.49 %     2,233       22.49 %     2,342       19.33 %
 
Income $150,000 - $249,999
    269       2.79 %     2,413       24.31 %     3,159       26.07 %
 
Income $250,000 - $499,999
    81       0.84 %     563       5.68 %     1,974       16.29 %
 
Income $500,000 and more
    21       0.21 %     111       1.12 %     406       3.35 %
Median Household Income
    56,507               108,016               138,914          
         
(CLARITAS LOGO)   Prepared on: October 20, 2003      08:26 AM

© 2002 Claritas. All rights reserved. (800) 866-6511
  Page 3 of 24

 


 

Senior Life Report
Area(s):
Radius 3.0

             
290 N SAN TOMAS AQUINO RD   Latitude:     37.290801  
CAMPBELL, CA 95008-1628   Longitude:     -121.976426  
         
(CLARITAS LOGO)   Prepared on: October 20, 2003      08:26 AM

© 2002 Claritas. All rights reserved. (800) 866-6511
  Page 4 of 24

 


 

         
Senior Life Report        
Area(s):   Radius 3.0        
         
290 N SAN TOMAS AQUINO RD   Latitude:   37.290801
CAMPBELL, CA 95008-1628   Longitude:   -121.976426
                                                   
      1990*           2002           2007        
Household Income by Age of Householder   Census   Pct.   Estimate   Pct.   Projection   Pct.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Householder Age 65 - 69
    4,077               3,509               3,938          
 
Income less than $15,000
    790       19.38 %     210       5.98 %     146       3.70 %
 
Income $15,000 - $24,999
    743       18.22 %     275       7.83 %     203       5.14 %
 
Income $25,000 - $34,999
    685       16.79 %     294       8.37 %     297       7.54 %
 
Income $35,000 - $49,999
    668       16.38 %     490       13.96 %     372       9.43 %
 
Income $50,000 - $74,999
    603       14.78 %     757       21.58 %     732       18.59 %
 
Income $75,000 - $99,999
    254       6.23 %     472       13.46 %     614       15.58 %
 
Income $100,000 - $149,999
    127       3.12 %     538       15.33 %     652       16.56 %
 
Income $150,000 - $249,999
    41       1.00 %     353       10.07 %     574       14.59 %
 
Income $250,000 - $499,999
    20       0.49 %     86       2.46 %     271       6.87 %
 
Income $500,000 and more
    9       0.22 %     34       0.96 %     79       2.00 %
Median Household Income
    31,365               66,062               83,998          
Householder Age 70 - 74
    2,758               3,113               3,029          
 
Income less than $15,000
    674       24.42 %     189       6.06 %     108       3.58 %
 
Income $15,000 - $24,999
    538       19.50 %     256       8.23 %     173       5.71 %
 
Income $25,000 - $34,999
    498       18.05 %     276       8.85 %     235       7.77 %
 
Income $35,000 - $49,999
    479       17.37 %     431       13.83 %     307       10.13 %
 
Income $50,000 - $74,999
    425       15.42 %     620       19.93 %     543       17.91 %
 
Income $75,000 - $99,999
    174       6.32 %     424       13.61 %     442       14.60 %
 
Income $100,000 - $149,999
    94       3.41 %     488       15.68 %     502       16.58 %
 
Income $150,000 - $249,999
    34       1.23 %     336       10.80 %     459       15.15 %
 
Income $250,000 - $499,999
    13       0.45 %     72       2.32 %     209       6.89 %
 
Income $500,000 and more
    6       0.21 %     22       0.69 %     51       1.68 %
Median Household Income
    30,110               66,345               83,437          
Householder Age 75 - 79
    1,815               2,823               2,801          
 
Income less than $15,000
    783       43.15 %     364       12.91 %     206       7.37 %
 
Income $15,000 - $24,999
    355       19.57 %     408       14.47 %     301       10.76 %
 
Income $25,000 - $34,999
    266       14.66 %     363       12.87 %     358       12.80 %
 
Income $35,000 - $49,999
    194       10.68 %     418       14.80 %     361       12.89 %
 
Income $50,000 - $74,999
    136       7.47 %     510       18.06 %     480       17.16 %
 
Income $75,000 - $99,999
    51       2.81 %     320       11.35 %     381       13.61 %
 
Income $100,000 - $149,999
    22       1.20 %     250       8.84 %     355       12.68 %
 
Income $150,000 - $249,999
    12       0.64 %     149       5.27 %     234       8.36 %
 
Income $250,000 - $499,999
    7       0.38 %     30       1.05 %     98       3.51 %
         
(CLARITAS LOGO)   Prepared on: October 20, 2003      08:26 AM

© 2002 Claritas. All rights reserved. (800) 866-6511
  Page 5 of 24

 


 

         
Senior Life Report        
Area(s):   Radius 3.0        
         
290 N SAN TOMAS AQUINO RD   Latitude:   37.290801
CAMPBELL, CA 95008-1628   Longitude:   -121.976426
                                                   
      1990*           2002           2007        
Household Income by Age of Householder   Census   Pct.   Estimate   Pct.   Projection   Pct.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income $500,000 and more
    0       0.00 %     11       0.38 %     24       0.87 %
Median Household Income
    18,581               44,833               59,044          
         
(CLARITAS LOGO)   Prepared on: October 20, 2003      08:26 AM

© 2002 Claritas. All rights reserved. (800) 866-6511
  Page 6 of 24

 


 

         
Senior Life Report        
Area(s):   Radius 3.0        
         
290 N SAN TOMAS AQUINO RD   Latitude:   37.290801
CAMPBELL, CA 95008-1628   Longitude:   -121.976426
                                                   
      1990*           2002           2007        
Household Income by Age of Householder   Census   Pct.   Estimate   Pct.   Projection   Pct.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Householder Age 80 - 84
    1,164               1,857               1,939          
 
Income less than $15,000
    559       47.99 %     261       14.03 %     154       7.95 %
 
Income $15,000 - $24,999
    243       20.90 %     299       16.11 %     243       12.53 %
 
Income $25,000 - $34,999
    180       15.42 %     238       12.79 %     259       13.37 %
 
Income $35,000 - $49,999
    119       10.26 %     268       14.44 %     245       12.63 %
 
Income $50,000 - $74,999
    94       8.04 %     319       17.18 %     314       16.18 %
 
Income $75,000 - $99,999
    41       3.56 %     202       10.90 %     254       13.11 %
 
Income $100,000 - $149,999
    13       1.16 %     154       8.30 %     239       12.34 %
 
Income $150,000 - $249,999
    4       0.32 %     95       5.13 %     151       7.80 %
 
Income $250,000 - $499,999
    4       0.37 %     13       0.69 %     65       3.33 %
 
Income $500,000 and more
    1       0.05 %     8       0.43 %     15       0.76 %
Median Household Income
    17,828               42,333               55,454          
Householder Age 85 and over
    932               1,244               1,402          
 
Income less than $15,000
    437       46.94 %     221       17.73 %     141       10.03 %
 
Income $15,000 - $24,999
    175       18.75 %     230       18.45 %     207       14.73 %
 
Income $25,000 - $34,999
    124       13.33 %     175       14.09 %     222       15.82 %
 
Income $35,000 - $49,999
    75       8.06 %     179       14.35 %     191       13.61 %
 
Income $50,000 - $74,999
    67       7.17 %     185       14.89 %     212       15.12 %
 
Income $75,000 - $99,999
    25       2.71 %     103       8.26 %     156       11.11 %
 
Income $100,000 - $149,999
    16       1.68 %     91       7.34 %     128       9.15 %
 
Income $150,000 - $249,999
    3       0.30 %     48       3.86 %     96       6.83 %
 
Income $250,000 - $499,999
    2       0.21 %     10       0.79 %     40       2.86 %
 
Income $500,000 and more
    3       0.32 %     3       0.24 %     10       0.73 %
Median Household Income
    16,429               34,744               45,327          
         
(CLARITAS LOGO)   Prepared on: October 20, 2003      08:26 AM

© 2002 Claritas. All rights reserved. (800) 866-6511
  Page 7 of 24

 


 

         
Senior Life Report        
Area(s):   Radius 3.0        
         
290 N SAN TOMAS AQUINO RD   Latitude:   37.290801
CAMPBELL, CA 95008-1628   Longitude:   -121.976426
                                                   
      1990*           2002           2007        
Households by Household Income   Census   Pct.   Estimate   Pct.   Projection   Pct.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Households
    72,826               77,549               81,224          
 
Income less than $15,000
    7,596       10.43 %     3,106       4.01 %     2,093       2.58 %
 
Income $15,000 - $24,999
    7,471       10.26 %     3,204       4.13 %     2,433       3.00 %
 
Income $25,000 - $34,999
    9,506       13.05 %     3,811       4.91 %     3,181       3.92 %
 
Income $35,000 - $49,999
    13,383       18.38 %     6,599       8.51 %     4,557       5.61 %
 
Income $50,000 - $74,999
    16,986       23.32 %     13,266       17.11 %     10,529       12.96 %
 
Income $75,000 - $99,999
    9,768       13.41 %     12,115       15.62 %     10,929       13.45 %
 
Income $100,000 - $149,999
    6,003       8.24 %     16,671       21.50 %     16,793       20.67 %
 
Income $150,000 - $249,999
    1,535       2.11 %     14,848       19.15 %     18,295       22.52 %
 
Income $250,000 - $499,999
    512       0.70 %     3,264       4.21 %     10,325       12.71 %
 
Income $500,000 and more
    136       0.19 %     665       0.86 %     2,090       2.57 %
Average Household Income
  $ 57,451             $ 114,786             $ 145,319          
Median Household Income
  $ 48,307             $ 93,136             $ 120,519          
Per Capita Income
  $ 22,882             $ 43,481             $ 53,884          
                                                   
      1990*           2002           2007        
Specified Owner-Occupied Housing Unit Values   Census   Pct.   Estimate   Pct.   Projection   Pct.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Specified Owner-Occupied Housing Unit Values
    34,670               36,851               38,346          
 
Value less than $25,000
    81       0.23 %     25       0.07 %     21       0.05 %
 
Value $25,000 - $49,999
    248       0.72 %     102       0.28 %     41       0.11 %
 
Value $50,000 - $74,999
    102       0.29 %     192       0.52 %     153       0.40 %
 
Value $75,000 - $99,999
    102       0.29 %     67       0.18 %     126       0.33 %
 
Value $100,000 - $149,999
    676       1.95 %     110       0.30 %     95       0.25 %
 
Value $150,000 - $199,999
    1,782       5.14 %     208       0.56 %     98       0.26 %
 
Value $200,000 - $299,999
    13,007       37.52 %     1,247       3.38 %     527       1.37 %
 
Value $300,000 - $399,999
    10,837       31.26 %     4,260       11.56 %     1,564       4.08 %
 
Value $400,000 - $499,999
    3,393       9.79 %     8,630       23.42 %     3,558       9.28 %
 
Value $500,000 Or More
    4,443       12.82 %     22,013       59.73 %     32,163       83.88 %
Median Specified Owner-Occupied Housing Unit Value
    312,351               581,543               701,979          
         
(CLARITAS LOGO)   Prepared on: October 20, 2003      08:26 AM

© 2002 Claritas. All rights reserved. (800) 866-6511
  Page 8 of 24

 


 

         
Senior Life Report        
Area(s):   Radius 3.0        
         
290 N SAN TOMAS AQUINO RD   Latitude:   37.290801
CAMPBELL, CA 95008-1628   Longitude:   -121.976426
                                                   
      2000           2002           2007        
Group Quarters by Population Type   Census   Pct.   Estimate   Pct.   Projection   Pct.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Institutionalized:
    1,146               1,147               1,152          
 
Correctional Institutions
    0       0.00 %     0       0.00 %     0       0.00 %
 
Nursing Homes
    1,117       97.48 %     1,118       97.48 %     1,122       97.41 %
 
Other Institutions
    29       2.52 %     29       2.52 %     30       2.59 %
Noninstitutionalized
    568               569               569          
                         
    2000   2002   2007
Tenure of Occupied Housing Units   Census   Estimate   Projection

 
 
 
Owner Occupied
    40,989       41,826       43,544  
Renter Occupied
    34,844       35,723       37,680  
                     
        Pop 65        
1990* Census Household Type and Relationship   and Over   Pct.

 
 
Total
    17,712          
In Family Households
    11,484       64.84 %
 
Householder
    5,927       33.46 %
 
Spouse
    3,961       22.36 %
 
Other relative
    1,546       8.73 %
 
Non-Relative
    51       0.29 %
In Group Quarters
    1,065       6.01 %
 
Institutionalized
    1,061       5.99 %
 
Other
    4       0.02 %
In Non-Family Households
    5,163       29.15 %
 
Male Householder
    1,021       5.76 %
   
Living Alone
    897       5.07 %
   
Not Living Alone
    123       0.70 %
 
Female Householder
    3,936       22.22 %
   
Living Alone
    3,698       20.88 %
   
Not Living Alone
    238       1.34 %
 
Non-Relative
    206       1.16 %
         
(CLARITAS LOGO)   Prepared on: October 20, 2003      08:26 AM

© 2002 Claritas. All rights reserved. (800) 866-6511
  Page 9 of 24

 


 

         
Senior Life Report        
Area(s):   Radius 3.0        
         
290 N SAN TOMAS AQUINO RD   Latitude:   37.290801
CAMPBELL, CA 95008-1628   Longitude:   -121.976426
                                   
1990* Census Household Income - Monthly Owner                   65 Yrs        
Costs as a Percent of 1989 Household Income   Total Units   Pct.   and Over   Pct.

 
 
 
 
Total Specified Owner-Occupied Housing Units
    35,297               6,639          
 
Less than 20%
    17,478       49.52 %     4,881       73.51 %
 
20 to 24%
    4,089       11.58 %     463       6.97 %
 
25 to 29%
    3,803       10.77 %     386       5.81 %
 
30 to 34%
    2,960       8.39 %     205       3.09 %
 
35% or more
    6,746       19.11 %     641       9.65 %
 
Not Computed
    221       0.63 %     64       0.97 %
                                   
1990* Census Household Income                   65 Yrs        
Gross Rent as a Percent of 1989 Household Income   Total Units   Pct.   and Over   Pct.

 
 
 
 
Total Specified Owner-Occupied Housing Units
    33,485               3,339          
 
Less than 20%
    8,544       25.52 %     387       11.59 %
 
20 to 24%
    5,673       16.94 %     313       9.36 %
 
25 to 29%
    4,806       14.35 %     389       11.65 %
 
30 to 34%
    3,459       10.33 %     342       10.25 %
 
35% or more
    10,251       30.61 %     1,784       53.43 %
 
Not Computed
    751       2.24 %     124       3.72 %
                                 
                    65 Yrs        
1990* Census Occupied Housing Units   Total Units   Pct.   and Over   Pct.

 
 
 
 
Owner Occupied Units
    39,280       53.94 %     7,830       70.12 %
Renter Occupied Units
    33,541       46.06 %     3,337       29.88 %
Complete Plumbing Facilities
    72,675       99.80 %     11,165       99.98 %
Lacking Plumbing Facilities
    146       0.20 %     0       0.00 %
With Telephone
    72,268       99.24 %     11,095       99.35 %
No Telephone
    554       0.76 %     71       0.63 %
One or more Vehicles
    69,475       95.41 %     9,269       83.00 %
No Vehicles Available
    3,345       4.59 %     1,897       16.98 %
         
(CLARITAS LOGO)   Prepared on: October 20, 2003      08:26 AM

© 2002 Claritas. All rights reserved. (800) 866-6511
  Page 10 of 24

 


 

         
Senior Life Report        
Area(s):   Radius 3.0        
         
290 N SAN TOMAS AQUINO RD   Latitude:   37.290801
CAMPBELL, CA 95008-1628   Longitude:   -121.976426
                                                     
1990* Census Poverty Status                                   75 Yrs        
By Household Type By Age of Householder   Total   Pct.   Age 65 - 74   Pct.   and Over   Pct.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Households
    72,896               6,863               4,007          
Married Couple Family
    37,421       51.33 %     3,793       55.27 %     1,247       31.13 %
Other Family
    9,833       13.49 %     573       8.35 %     304       7.58 %
 
Male Householder
    2,996       4.11 %     110       1.61 %     23       0.56 %
 
Female Householder
    6,836       9.38 %     463       6.75 %     281       7.02 %
Non-Family
    25,643       35.18 %     2,497       36.38 %     2,456       61.29 %
 
Householder Living Alone
    17,602       24.15 %     2,251       32.81 %     2,340       58.39 %
 
Householder not Living Alone
    8,041       11.03 %     245       3.57 %     116       2.90 %
Above Poverty
    69,243       94.99 %     6,508       94.82 %     3,574       89.18 %
 
Married Couple Family
    36,644       50.27 %     3,715       54.14 %     1,217       30.38 %
 
Other Family
    8,843       12.13 %     569       8.30 %     284       7.09 %
   
Male Householder
    2,859       3.92 %     110       1.61 %     23       0.56 %
   
Female Householder
    5,984       8.21 %     459       6.69 %     262       6.53 %
Non-Family
    23,756       32.59 %     2,223       32.39 %     2,072       51.71 %
   
Householder Living Alone
    16,247       22.29 %     1,998       29.11 %     1,983       49.48 %
   
Householder not Living Alone
    7,509       10.30 %     225       3.28 %     90       2.24 %
Below Poverty
    3,653       5.01 %     355       5.18 %     433       10.82 %
 
Married Couple Family
    777       1.07 %     77       1.13 %     30       0.75 %
 
Other Family
    990       1.36 %     4       0.06 %     20       0.49 %
   
Male Householder
    138       0.19 %     0       0.00 %     0       0.00 %
   
Female Householder
    852       1.17 %     4       0.06 %     20       5.11 %
Non-Family
    1,887       2.59 %     274       3.99 %     384       9.58 %
   
Householder Living Alone
    1,355       1.86 %     253       3.69 %     357       8.91 %
   
Householder not Living Alone
    531       0.73 %     20       0.30 %     27       0.66 %
         
(CLARITAS LOGO)   Prepared on: October 20, 2003      08:26 AM

© 2002 Claritas. All rights reserved. (800) 866-6511
  Page 11 of 24

 


 

         
Senior Life Report        
Area(s):   Radius 3.0        
         
290 N SAN TOMAS AQUINO RD   Latitude:   37.290801
CAMPBELL, CA 95008-1628   Longitude:   -121.976426
                                                     
1990* Census Mobility and Disability                   65 Yrs           75 Yrs        
Civilian Noninstitutionalized Persons Age 16 and Over   Total   Pct.   and Over   Pct.   and Over   Pct.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Persons
    147,520               16,641               5,650          
With Mblty or Care Lmts
    6,947       4.71 %     2,948       17.71 %     1,826       32.31 %
 
Mobility Limits Only
    2,240       1.52 %     1,187       7.14 %     801       14.18 %
 
Self Care Limits Only
    2,845       1.93 %     752       4.52 %     292       5.16 %
 
Both Limits
    1,861       1.26 %     1,008       6.06 %     733       12.97 %
No Mblty or Care Limits
    140,573       95.29 %     13,693       82.29 %     3,825       67.69 %
With a Work Disability
    12,096       8.20 %     4,689       28.18 %                
 
In Labor Force
    4,242       2.88 %     313       1.88 %                
   
Employed
    3,886       2.63 %     287       1.72 %                
   
Unemployed
    356       0.24 %     26       0.16 %                
Not in Labor Force
    7,854       5.32 %     4,375       26.29 %                
   
Prevented from Working
    6,527       4.42 %     3,743       22.49 %                
   
Not Prevented from Wrk
    1,328       0.90 %     632       3.80 %                
No Work Disability
    135,424       91.80 %     11,951       71.81 %                
 
In Labor Force
    107,079       72.59 %     2,498       15.01 %                
   
Employed
    103,348       70.06 %     2,431       14.61 %                
   
Unemployed
    3,730       2.53 %     67       0.40 %                
 
Not in Labor Force
    28,345       19.21 %     9,452       56.80 %                

*     Census 2000 SF3 (long form) data is not yet available. Data Items resented 1990 Census figures converted to Census 2000 geographies.

         
(CLARITAS LOGO)   Prepared on: October 20, 2003      08:26 AM

© 2002 Claritas. All rights reserved. (800) 866-6511
  Page 12 of 24

 


 

         
Senior Life Report        
Area(s):   Radius 5.0        
         
290 N SAN TOMAS AQUINO RD   Latitude:   37.290801
CAMPBELL, CA 95008-1628   Longitude:   -121.976426
                                                   
      2000           2002           2007        
Population by Age   Census   Pct.   Estimate   Pct.   Projection   Pct.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Population
    480,832               494,530               526,246          
 
Age 45 - 54
    64,542       13.42 %     68,956       13.94 %     77,704       14.77 %
 
Age 55 - 59
    22,085       4.59 %     24,820       5.02 %     30,449       5.79 %
 
Age 60 - 64
    17,634       3.67 %     18,941       3.83 %     24,313       4.62 %
 
Age 65 - 69
    15,058       3.13 %     15,270       3.09 %     17,558       3.34 %
 
Age 70 - 74
    13,707       2.85 %     13,508       2.73 %     13,480       2.56 %
 
Age 75 - 79
    12,027       2.50 %     11,912       2.41 %     12,031       2.29 %
 
Age 80 - 84
    7,756       1.61 %     8,274       1.67 %     8,846       1.68 %
 
Age 85 and over
    6,903       1.44 %     7,738       1.56 %     8,879       1.69 %
Age 55 and over
    95,169       19.79 %     100,462       20.31 %     115,555       21.96 %
Age 65 and over
    55,450       11.53 %     56,701       11.47 %     60,793       11.55 %
Total Population, Male
    240,073               246,576               261,939          
 
Age 45 - 54
    32,393       13.49 %     34,639       14.05 %     38,986       14.88 %
 
Age 55 - 59
    10,586       4.41 %     11,894       4.82 %     14,598       5.57 %
 
Age 60 - 64
    8,262       3.44 %     8,839       3.58 %     11,404       4.35 %
 
Age 65 - 69
    6,957       2.90 %     7,025       2.85 %     8,106       3.09 %
 
Age 70 - 74
    5,983       2.49 %     5,922       2.40 %     5,907       2.25 %
 
Age 75 - 79
    4,940       2.06 %     4,895       1.99 %     4,945       1.89 %
 
Age 80 - 84
    2,913       1.21 %     3,062       1.24 %     3,270       1.25 %
 
Age 85 and over
    1,877       0.78 %     2,002       0.81 %     2,321       0.89 %
Age 55 and over
    41,518       17.29 %     43,639       17.70 %     50,550       19.30 %
Age 65 and over
    22,670       9.44 %     22,906       9.29 %     24,548       9.37 %
Total Population, Female
    240,760               247,954               264,306          
 
Age 45 - 54
    32,150       13.35 %     34,316       13.84 %     38,717       14.65 %
 
Age 55 - 59
    11,499       4.78 %     12,926       5.21 %     15,851       6.00 %
 
Age 60 - 64
    9,372       3.89 %     10,102       4.07 %     12,909       4.88 %
 
Age 65 - 69
    8,101       3.36 %     8,244       3.32 %     9,452       3.58 %
 
Age 70 - 74
    7,724       3.21 %     7,585       3.06 %     7,573       2.87 %
 
Age 75 - 79
    7,087       2.94 %     7,018       2.83 %     7,086       2.68 %
 
Age 80 - 84
    4,843       2.01 %     5,212       2.10 %     5,576       2.11 %
 
Age 85 and over
    5,026       2.09 %     5,736       2.31 %     6,558       2.48 %
         
(CLARITAS LOGO)   Prepared on: October 20, 2003      08:26 AM

© 2002 Claritas. All rights reserved. (800) 866-6511
  Page 13 of 24

 


 

         
Senior Life Report        
Area(s):   Radius 5.0        
         
290 N SAN TOMAS AQUINO RD   Latitude:   37.290801
CAMPBELL, CA 95008-1628   Longitude:   -121.976426
                                                   
      2000           2002           2007        
Population by Age   Census   Pct.   Estimate   Pct.   Projection   Pct.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Age 55 and over
    53,651       22.28 %     56,823       22.92 %     65,005       24.59 %
 
Age 65 and over
    32,780       13.62 %     33,795       13.63 %     13.63       13.71 %
         
(CLARITAS LOGO)   Prepared on: October 20, 2003      08:26 AM

© 2002 Claritas. All rights reserved. (800) 866-6511
  Page 14 of 24

 


 

         
Senior Life Report        
Area(s):   Radius 5.0        
         
290 N SAN TOMAS AQUINO RD   Latitude:   37.290801
CAMPBELL, CA 95008-1628   Longitude:   -121.976426
                                                   
      2000           2002           2007        
Population by Single Race Classification   Census   Pct.   Estimate   Pct.   Projection   Pct.

 
 
 
 
 
 
White Alone
    311,233               309,609               304,829          
 
Age 65 and over
    45,944       14.76 %     46,395       14.99 %     47,481       15.58 %
Black or African American Alone
    10,335               10,658               11,591          
 
Age 65 and over
    385       3.72 %     434       4.07 %     491       4.24 %
American Indian and Alaska Native Alone
    2,413               2,563               2,983          
 
Age 65 and over
    141       5.86 %     148       5.79 %     175       5.88 %
Asian Alone
    105,997               117,235               142,470          
 
Age 65 and over
    6,946       6.55 %     7,525       6.42 %     9,965       6.99 %
Native Hawaiian and Other Pacific Islander Alone
    1,153               1,228               1,492          
 
Age 65 and over
    45       3.95 %     48       3.88 %     60       4.04 %
Some Other Race Alone
    28,588               31,129               36,932          
 
Age 65 and over
    952       3.33 %     1,041       3.35 %     1,275       3.45 %
Two or More Races
    21,114               22,108               25,949          
 
Age 65 and over
    1,036       4.91 %     1,110       5.02 %     1,345       5.18 %
                                                   
      2000           2002           2007        
Population by Hispanic or Latino   Census   Pct.   Estimate   Pct.   Projection   Pct.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Hispanic or Latino
    68,242               71,866               80,830          
 
Age 65 and over
    4,068       5.96 %     4,064       5.65 %     4,478       5.54 %
Not Hispanic or Latino
    412,591               422,664               445,416          
 
Age 65 and over
    51,382       12.45 %     52,638       12.45 %     56,315       12.64 %
                                                   
      1990*           2002           2007        
Household Income by Age of Householder   Census   Pct.   Estimate   Pct.   Projection   Pct.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Householder Age 55 - 64
    23,396               24,679               30,150          
 
Income less than $15,000
    1,886       8.06 %     807       3.27 %     595       1.98 %
 
Income $15,000 - $24,999
    2,015       8.61 %     877       3.56 %     773       2.56 %
 
Income $25,000 - $34,999
    2,552       10.91 %     968       3.92 %     882       2.93 %
 
Income $35,000 - $49,999
    3,973       16.98 %     1,728       7.00 %     1,395       4.63 %
 
Income $50,000 - $74,999
    5,495       23.49 %     3,409       13.81 %     3,057       10.14 %
 
Income $75,000 - $99,999
    3,962       16.94 %     3,499       14.18 %     3,420       11.34 %
 
Income $100,000 - $149,999
    2,496       10.67 %     5,538       22.44 %     5,955       19.75 %
 
Income $150,000 - $249,999
    673       2.88 %     5,770       23.38 %     7,673       25.45 %
 
Income $250,000 - $499,999
    234       1.00 %     1,636       6.63 %     4,993       16.56 %
 
Income $500,000 and more
    99       0.42 %     450       1.82 %     1,408       4.67 %
Median Household Income
    55,763               109,521               141,595          
         
(CLARITAS LOGO)   Prepared on: October 20, 2003      08:26 AM

© 2002 Claritas. All rights reserved. (800) 866-6511
  Page 15 of 24

 


 

         
Senior Life Report        
Area(s):   Radius 5.0        
         
290 N SAN TOMAS AQUINO RD   Latitude:   37.290801
CAMPBELL, CA 95008-1628   Longitude:   -121.976426
         
(CLARITAS LOGO)   Prepared on: October 20, 2003      08:26 AM

© 2002 Claritas. All rights reserved. (800) 866-6511
  Page 16 of 24

 


 

         
Senior Life Report        
Area(s):   Radius 5.0        
         
290 N SAN TOMAS AQUINO RD   Latitude:   37.290801
CAMPBELL, CA 95008-1628   Longitude:   -121.976426
                                                   
      1990*           2002           2007        
Household Income by Age of Householder   Census   Pct.   Estimate   Pct.   Projection   Pct.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Householder Age 65 - 69
    10,397               8,743               9,822          
 
Income less than $15,000
    2,133       20.52 %     588       6.72 %     381       3.88 %
 
Income $15,000 - $24,999
    1,882       18.10 %     697       7.98 %     597       6.08 %
 
Income $25,000 - $34,999
    1,706       16.41 %     757       8.66 %     679       6.92 %
 
Income $35,000 - $49,999
    1,578       15.17 %     1,207       13.81 %     969       9.87 %
 
Income $50,000 - $74,999
    1,617       15.55 %     1,760       20.13 %     1,697       17.27 %
 
Income $75,000 - $99,999
    685       6.59 %     1,077       12.32 %     1,486       15.13 %
 
Income $100,000 - $149,999
    340       3.27 %     1,362       15.57 %     1,541       15.69 %
 
Income $150,000 - $249,999
    111       1.07 %     995       11.38 %     1,505       15.32 %
 
Income $250,000 - $499,999
    47       0.45 %     217       2.48 %     764       7.77 %
 
Income $500,000 and more
    26       0.25 %     83       0.95 %     203       2.07 %
Median Household Income
    31,128               65,928               84,886          
Householder Age 70 - 74
    7,274               7,739               7,545          
 
Income less than $15,000
    1,807       24.84 %     546       7.06 %     308       4.09 %
 
Income $15,000 - $24,999
    1,451       19.95 %     613       7.92 %     471       6.25 %
 
Income $25,000 - $34,999
    1,304       17.93 %     680       8.79 %     516       6.84 %
 
Income $35,000 - $49,999
    1,184       16.27 %     1,086       14.03 %     763       10.11 %
 
Income $50,000 - $74,999
    1,151       15.82 %     1,555       20.10 %     1,320       17.49 %
 
Income $75,000 - $99,999
    495       6.81 %     972       12.56 %     1,138       15.08 %
 
Income $100,000 - $149,999
    247       3.40 %     1,206       15.58 %     1,192       15.80 %
 
Income $150,000 - $249,999
    90       1.23 %     843       10.89 %     1,156       15.32 %
 
Income $250,000 - $499,999
    34       0.47 %     177       2.28 %     549       7.28 %
 
Income $500,000 and more
    14       0.19 %     60       0.78 %     132       1.75 %
Median Household Income
    29,828               65,143               83,688          
Householder Age 75 - 79
    5,393               7,335               7,247          
 
Income less than $15,000
    2,223       41.22 %     954       13.00 %     539       7.43 %
 
Income $15,000 - $24,999
    1,079       20.01 %     1,069       14.57 %     793       10.94 %
 
Income $25,000 - $34,999
    777       14.41 %     885       12.07 %     886       12.23 %
 
Income $35,000 - $49,999
    525       9.74 %     1,115       15.20 %     903       12.46 %
 
Income $50,000 - $74,999
    484       8.98 %     1,312       17.88 %     1,243       17.15 %
 
Income $75,000 - $99,999
    174       3.23 %     772       10.52 %     1,006       13.88 %
 
Income $100,000 - $149,999
    68       1.26 %     687       9.37 %     892       12.30 %
 
Income $150,000 - $249,999
    30       0.56 %     436       5.95 %     639       8.82 %
 
Income $250,000 - $499,999
    14       0.25 %     83       1.13 %     290       4.00 %
         
(CLARITAS LOGO)   Prepared on: October 20, 2003      08:26 AM

© 2002 Claritas. All rights reserved. (800) 866-6511
  Page 17 of 24

 


 

         
Senior Life Report        
Area(s):   Radius 5.0        
         
290 N SAN TOMAS AQUINO RD   Latitude:   37.290801
CAMPBELL, CA 95008-1628   Longitude:   -121.976426
                                                   
      1990*           2002           2007        
Household Income by Age of Householder   Census   Pct.   Estimate   Pct.   Projection   Pct.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income $500,000 and more
    2       0.04 %     23       0.31 %     57       0.78 %
Median Household Income
    19,301               45,211               60,117          
         
(CLARITAS LOGO)   Prepared on: October 20, 2003      08:26 AM

© 2002 Claritas. All rights reserved. (800) 866-6511
  Page 18 of 24

 


 

Senior Life Report
Area(s):
Radius 5.0

         
290 N SAN TOMAS AQUINO RD
CAMPBELL, CA 95008-1628
  Latitude:
Longitude:
  37.290801
-121.976426
                                                   
      1990*           2002           2007        
Household Income by Age of Householder   Census   Pct.   Estimate   Pct.   Projection   Pct.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Householder Age 80 - 84
    3,605               5,052               5,282          
 
Income less than $15,000
    1,588       44.04 %     693       13.72 %     408       7.72 %
 
Income $15,000 - $24,999
    732       20.31 %     787       15.58 %     642       12.16 %
 
Income $25,000 - $34,999
    532       14.75 %     618       12.22 %     651       12.33 %
 
Income $35,000 - $49,999
    353       9.78 %     768       15.20 %     674       12.76 %
 
Income $50,000 - $74,999
    321       8.91 %     856       16.95 %     878       16.62 %
 
Income $75,000 - $99,999
    129       3.56 %     503       9.96 %     699       13.24 %
 
Income $100,000 - $149,999
    49       1.37 %     431       8.52 %     617       11.68 %
 
Income $150,000 - $249,999
    23       0.65 %     307       6.08 %     441       8.35 %
 
Income $250,000 - $499,999
    7       0.19 %     66       1.31 %     218       4.13 %
 
Income $500,000 and more
    7       0.21 %     22       0.44 %     53       1.01 %
Median Household Income
    18,847               43,349               57,574          
Householder Age 85 and over
    2,841               4,008               4,551          
 
Income less than $15,000
    1,252       44.06 %     653       16.30 %     424       9.32 %
 
Income $15,000 - $24,999
    526       18.50 %     669       16.68 %     614       13.48 %
 
Income $25,000 - $34,999
    388       13.65 %     529       13.19 %     605       13.30 %
 
Income $35,000 - $49,999
    254       8.94 %     591       14.73 %     620       13.61 %
 
Income $50,000 - $74,999
    221       7.77 %     645       16.09 %     718       15.78 %
 
Income $75,000 - $99,999
    92       3.24 %     319       7.95 %     549       12.07 %
 
Income $100,000 - $149,999
    41       1.44 %     313       7.82 %     437       9.60 %
 
Income $150,000 - $249,999
    9       0.33 %     238       5.95 %     363       7.98 %
 
Income $250,000 - $499,999
    4       0.14 %     44       1.11 %     188       4.13 %
 
Income $500,000 and more
    4       0.14 %     7       0.17 %     33       0.73 %
Median Household Income
    17,681               38,883               50,469          
             
(CLARITAS LOGO)   Prepared on: October 20, 2003       08:26 AM          Page 19 of 24

© 2002 Claritas. All rights reserved. (800) 866-6511
       

 


 

Senior Life Report
Area(s):
Radius 5.0

         
290 N SAN TOMAS AQUINO RD
CAMPBELL, CA 95008-1628
  Latitude:
Longitude:
  37.290801
-121.976426
                                                   
      1990*           2002           2007        
Households by Household Income   Census   Pct.   Estimate   Pct.   Projection   Pct.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Households
    176,738               188,418               197,627          
 
Income less than $15,000
    19,272       10.90 %     7,916       4.20 %     5,156       2.61 %
 
Income $15,000 - $24,999
    18,250       10.33 %     8,209       4.36 %     6,451       3.26 %
 
Income $25,000 - $34,999
    22,446       12.70 %     9,240       4.90 %     7,605       3.85 %
 
Income $35,000 - $49,999
    31,830       18.01 %     15,690       8.33 %     11,225       5.68 %
 
Income $50,000 - $74,999
    40,820       23.10 %     31,068       16.49 %     23,841       12.06 %
 
Income $75,000 - $99,999
    23,408       13.24 %     28,481       15.12 %     26,239       13.28 %
 
Income $100,000 - $149,999
    14,891       8.43 %     40,446       21.47 %     40,273       20.38 %
 
Income $150,000 - $249,999
    4,097       2.32 %     35,876       19.04 %     44,120       22.33 %
 
Income $250,000 - $499,999
    1,503       0.85 %     9,152       4.86 %     26,041       13.18 %
 
Income $500,000 and more
    606       0.34 %     2,339       1.24 %     6,676       3.38 %
Average Household Income
  $ 59,035             $ 119,835             $ 153,275          
Median Household Income
  $ 48,474             $ 94,388             $ 122,718          
Per Capita Income
  $ 23,387             $ 45,464             $ 57,038          
                                                   
      1990*           2002           2007        
Specified Owner-Occupied Housing Unit Values   Census   Pct.   Estimate   Pct.   Projection   Pct.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Specified Owner-Occupied Housing Unit Values
    88,357               94,051               98,266          
 
Value less than $25,000
    193       0.22 %     67       0.07 %     54       0.06 %
 
Value $25,000 - $49,999
    545       0.62 %     247       0.26 %     113       0.11 %
 
Value $50,000 - $74,999
    329       0.37 %     404       0.43 %     301       0.31 %
 
Value $75,000 - $99,999
    378       0.43 %     226       0.24 %     289       0.29 %
 
Value $100,000 - $149,999
    1,938       2.19 %     376       0.40 %     346       0.35 %
 
Value $150,000 - $199,999
    5,163       5.84 %     686       0.73 %     352       0.36 %
 
Value $200,000 - $299,999
    32,846       37.17 %     3,448       3.67 %     1,546       1.57 %
 
Value $300,000 - $399,999
    24,270       27.47 %     12,156       12.93 %     4,432       4.51 %
 
Value $400,000 - $499,999
    9,775       11.06 %     21,642       23.01 %     9,941       10.12 %
 
Value $500,000 Or More
    12,921       14.62 %     54,800       58.27 %     80,891       82.32 %
Median Specified Owner-Occupied Housing Unit Value
    311,487               570,958               696,314          
             
(CLARITAS LOGO)   Prepared on: October 20, 2003       08:26 AM           Page 20 of 24

© 2002 Claritas. All rights reserved. (800) 866-6511
       

 


 

Senior Life Report
Area(s):
Radius 5.0

         
290 N SAN TOMAS AQUINO RD
CAMPBELL, CA 95008-1628
  Latitude:
Longitude:
  37.290801
-121.976426
                                                   
    2000           2002           2007        
Group Quarters by Population Type   Census   Pct.   Estimate   Pct.   Projection   Pct.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Institutionalized:
    2,667               2,669               2,681          
 
Correctional Institutions
    37       1.39 %     37       1.39 %     38       1.42 %
 
Nursing Homes
    2,541       95.28 %     2,543       95.28 %     2,554       95.26 %
 
Other Institutions
    89       3.34 %     89       3.33 %     89       3.32 %
Noninstitutionalized
    3,859               3,866               3,877          
                         
    2000   2002   2007
Tenure of Occupied Housing Units   Census   Estimate   Projection

 
 
 
Owner Occupied
    103,328       105,603       110,355  
Renter Occupied
    80,802       82,815       87,272  
                     
        Pop 65        
1990* Census Household Type and Relationship   and Over   Pct.

 
 
Total
    47,691          
In Family Households
    31,481       66.01 %
 
Householder
    16,666       34.95 %
 
Spouse
    10,982       23.03 %
 
Other relative
    3,660       7.67 %
 
Non-Relative
    173       0.36 %
In Group Quarters
    2,478       5.19 %
 
Institutionalized
    2,396       5.02 %
 
Other
    82       0.17 %
In Non-Family Households
    13,732       28.79 %
 
Male Householder
    2,280       4.78 %
   
Living Alone
    1,982       4.16 %
   
Not Living Alone
    297       0.62 %
 
Female Householder
    10,857       22.77 %
   
Living Alone
    10,339       21.68 %
   
Not Living Alone
    518       1.09 %
 
Non-Relative
    596       1.25 %
             
(CLARITAS LOGO)   Prepared on: October 20, 2003       08:26 AM           Page 21 of 24

© 2002 Claritas. All rights reserved. (800) 866-6511
       

 


 

Senior Life Report
Area(s):
Radius 5.0

         
290 N SAN TOMAS AQUINO RD
CAMPBELL, CA 95008-1628
  Latitude:
Longitude:
  37.290801
-121.976426
                                 
1990* Census Household Income - Monthly Owner                   65 Yrs        
Costs as a Percent of 1989 Household Income   Total Units   Pct.   and Over   Pct.

 
 
 
 
Total Specified Owner-Occupied Housing Units
    90,235               19,828          
    Less than 20%
    44,904       49.76 %     14,400       72.62 %
    20 to 24%
    10,357       11.48 %     1,358       6.85 %
    25 to 29%
    9,418       10.44 %     1,054       5.31 %
    30 to 34%
    7,256       8.04 %     681       3.43 %
    35% or more
    17,792       19.72 %     2,161       10.90 %
    Not Computed
    508       0.56 %     175       0.88 %
                                 
1990* Census Household Income                   65 Yrs        
Gross Rent as a Percent of 1989 Household Income   Total Units   Pct.   and Over   Pct.

 
 
 
 
Total Specified Owner-Occupied Housing Units
    77,342               8,243          
    Less than 20%
    20,645       26.69 %     876       10.63 %
    20 to 24%
    12,765       16.50 %     719       8.72 %
    25 to 29%
    10,676       13.80 %     925       11.22 %
    30 to 34%
    7,809       10.10 %     847       10.28 %
    35% or more
    23,636       30.56 %     4,527       54.92 %
    Not Computed
    1,811       2.34 %     349       4.23 %
 
                           
                                 
            65 Yrs    
1990* Census Occupied Housing Units   Total Units   Pct.   and Over   Pct.

 
 
 
 
Owner Occupied Units
    99,325       56.18 %     22,202       72.86 %
Renter Occupied Units
    77,469       43.82 %     8,271       27.14 %
Complete Plumbing Facilities
    176,377       99.76 %     30,422       99.83 %
Lacking Plumbing Facilities
    417       0.24 %     34       0.11 %
With Telephone
    175,444       99.24 %     30,328       99.53 %
No Telephone
    1,353       0.77 %     136       0.45 %
One or more Vehicles
    167,531       94.76 %     24,987       82.00 %
No Vehicles Available
    9,263       5.24 %     5,471       17.95 %
             
(CLARITAS LOGO)   Prepared on: October 20, 2003       08:26 AM           Page 22 of 24

© 2002 Claritas. All rights reserved. (800) 866-6511
       

 


 

Senior Life Report
Area(s):
Radius 5.0

         
290 N SAN TOMAS AQUINO RD
CAMPBELL, CA 95008-1628
  Latitude:
Longitude:
  37.290801
-121.976426
                                                     
1990* Census Poverty Status                                   75 Yrs        
By Household Type By Age of Householder   Total   Pct.   Age 65 - 74   Pct.   and Over   Pct.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Households
    177,122               17,898               11,894          
Married Couple Family
    92,566       52.26 %     9,959       55.64 %     3,846       32.33 %
Other Family
    23,405       13.21 %     1,649       9.21 %     1,200       10.09 %
 
Male Householder
    7,043       3.98 %     279       1.56 %     228       1.92 %
 
Female Householder
    16,362       9.24 %     1,370       7.65 %     972       8.17 %
Non-Family
    61,150       34.52 %     6,291       35.15 %     6,848       57.58 %
 
Householder Living Alone
    43,213       24.40 %     5,789       32.35 %     6,532       54.92 %
 
Householder not Living Alone
    17,938       10.13 %     501       2.80 %     316       2.66 %
Above Poverty
    167,961       94.83 %     16,845       94.11 %     10,703       89.99 %
 
Married Couple Family
    90,773       51.25 %     9,692       54.15 %     3,748       31.51 %
 
Other Family
    21,139       11.93 %     1,599       8.94 %     1,141       9.60 %
   
Male Householder
    6,720       3.79 %     279       1.56 %     228       1.92 %
   
Female Householder
    14,419       8.14 %     1,320       7.38 %     913       7.68 %
 
Non-Family
    56,049       31.64 %     5,553       31.03 %     5,814       48.88 %
   
Householder Living Alone
    39,598       22.36 %     5,091       28.44 %     5,541       46.58 %
   
Householder not Living Alone
    16,451       9.29 %     462       2.58 %     273       2.30 %
Below Poverty
    9,161       5.17 %     1,054       5.89 %     1,191       10.01 %
 
Married Couple Family
    1,794       1.01 %     267       1.49 %     97       0.82 %
 
Other Family
    2,266       1.28 %     50       0.28 %     59       0.49 %
   
Male Householder
    323       0.18 %     0       0.00 %     0       0.00 %
   
Female Householder
    1,943       1.10 %     50       0.28 %     59       5.68 %
 
Non-Family
    5,101       2.88 %     737       4.12 %     1,035       8.70 %
   
Householder Living Alone
    3,615       2.04 %     698       3.90 %     992       8.34 %
   
Householder not Living Alone
    1,487       0.84 %     39       0.22 %     43       0.36 %
             
(CLARITAS LOGO)   Prepared on: October 20, 2003       08:26 AM           Page 23 of 24

© 2002 Claritas. All rights reserved. (800) 866-6511
       

 


 

Senior Life Report
Area(s):
Radius 5.0

         
290 N SAN TOMAS AQUINO RD
CAMPBELL, CA 95008-1628
  Latitude:
Longitude:
  37.290801
- 121.976426
                                                     
1990* Census Mobility and Disability                   65 Yrs           75 Yrs        
Civilian Noninstitutionalized Persons Age 16 and Over   Total   Pct.   and Over   Pct.   and Over   Pct.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Persons
    362,069               45,279               16,860          
With Mblty or Care Lmts
    18,303       5.06 %     8,232       18.18 %     5,120       30.37 %
 
Mobility Limits Only
    5,721       1.58 %     3,302       7.29 %     2,205       13.08 %
 
Self Care Limits Only
    7,431       2.05 %     1,984       4.38 %     782       4.64 %
 
Both Limits
    5,152       1.42 %     2,946       6.51 %     2,134       12.66 %
No Mblty or Care Limits
    343,766       94.94 %     37,047       81.82 %     11,739       69.63 %
With a Work Disability
    31,208       8.62 %     13,162       29.07 %                
 
In Labor Force
    10,177       2.81 %     831       1.83 %                
   
Employed
    9,356       2.58 %     761       1.68 %                
   
Unemployed
    821       0.23 %     70       0.15 %                
 
Not in Labor Force
    21,032       5.81 %     12,331       27.23 %                
   
Prevented from Working
    17,679       4.88 %     10,669       23.56 %                
   
Not Prevented from Wrk
    3,353       0.93 %     1,662       3.67 %                
No Work Disability
    330,861       91.38 %     32,118       70.93 %                
 
In Labor Force
    255,826       70.66 %     6,292       13.90 %                
   
Employed
    246,325       68.03 %     6,102       13.48 %                
   
Unemployed
    9,501       2.62 %     191       0.42 %                
 
Not in Labor Force
    75,035       20.72 %     25,825       57.04 %                

*   Census 2000 SF3 (long form) data is not yet available. Data Items resented 1990 Census figures converted to Census 2000 geographies.

             
(CLARITAS LOGO)   Prepared on: October 20, 2003       08:26 AM           Page 24 of 24

© 2002 Claritas. All rights reserved. (800) 866-6511
       

 


 

ADDENDA

ADDENDUM D: Property Exhibits

 


 

(AREA PLAN OF OFFICE OF COUNTY ASSESSOR)

 


 

(FLOOR PLAN)

 


 

(HOUSE PLAN)

 


 

ADDENDA

ADDENDUM E: Historical Operating Statements

 


 

ADDENDA

ADDENDUM F: Comparable Land Sale Data Sheets

 


 

Land Comparable 1

     
    891-945 Cinnabar Street

    San Jose, CA95126
833-J6   County: Santa Clara
     
Zoning:  PD   Parcels and/or Legal:
    261-03-001,006,038,051

POTENTIAL LAND USES

     Potential Land Uses:

                 
Apartment:   Yes   Industrial:   No   Utilities Available:
Free Standing Retail:   No   Office:   No     All to site
Golf:   No   Shopping Center:   No    
Health Care:   No   Single Family:   No    
Hospitality:   No   Special Purpose:   No    

TRANSACTION INFORMATION

     
Sale Status:   Recorded Sale
     
Financing:   Cash To Seller
Sale Date:   10/2002

Sale Price

           
Reported:
    13,650,000  
Cash Equivalent:
    13,650,000  
Capital Costs:
    165,000  
Adjusted:
    13,815,000  
 
$ Per SqFt:
  $ 87.37  

SITE ATTRIBUTES

                 
    Sq Ft   Acres
Total Land Area:
    158,123.00       3.63  
Net Usable Area:
    158,123.00       3.63  
 
Percent Usable:
    100.00 %        
Ground Leased:
  No        

VERIFICATION

Recording Reference:    16554411
Grantor:    Stephanie Serpa Ream

Grantee:    Lenzen Associates

Verification Contact:
  Public records, appraiser

REMARKS

During escrow period the buyer obtained approvals from the City to construct a 245-unit affordable housing complex on the site. At the time of sale, the property was improved with several older industrial buildings and a former single-family residence, with an estimated total building area of 81,823 square feet. The appraiser estimated the cost to demolish these improvements at $2.00 per square foot of GBA, or a rounded $165,000.

 


 

Land Comparable 2

     
Property Name: Mutli-family residential site   1523-1533 West San Carlos Street
     
    San Jose, CA 95126
853-H1   County: Santa Clara
     
Zoning:  M-1   Parcels and/or Legal:
    274-14-104, 142 ,143

POTENTIAL LAND USES

     Potential Land Uses:

                     
Apartment:   Yes   Industrial:   No   Special Purpose Comments:   Utilities Available:
Free Standing Retail:   No   Office:   No       Townhomes       All to site
Golf:   No   Shopping Center:   No        
Health Care:   No   Single Family:   No        
Hospitality:   No   Special Purpose:   Yes        

TRANSACTION INFORMATION

         
Sale Status:
  Recorded Sale
Financing:
  Cash To Seller
Sale Date:
    7/2002

Sale Price

           
Reported:
    6,653,000  
Cash Equivalent:
    6,653,000  
Capital Costs:
    98,000  
Adjusted:
    6,751,000  
 
$ Per SqFt:
  $ 49.51  

SITE ATTRIBUTES

                 
    Sq Ft   Acres
Total Land Area:
    136,343.00       3.13  
Net Usable Area:
    136,343.00       3.13  
Percent Usable:
    100.00 %        
Ground Leased:
  No        

VERIFICATION

Recording Reference:    16344716
Grantor:    Bernard M. Wolfe, Trustee, et al

Grantee:    San Carlos Willard Associates LP (Core Development)
Verification Contact:
  Public records, appraiser

REMARKS

Site currently improved with a heavily depreciated bowling alley containing approximately 49,000 square feet of area. Demolition costs for these improvements were estimated at $2.00 per square foot. The buyer plans to improve the portion located along San Carlos Street with 100 units of affordable senior housing, and the remainder of the site with 30 townhouse units. The long escrow period was due to the buyer going through the approval process to have the site rezoned for the proposed use.

 


 

Land Comparable 3

     
    1178 Mclaughlin Avenue
     
    San Jose, CA
    County: Santa Clara
     
Zoning:  PD   Parcels and/or Legal:
    477-16-084, 090 thru 101, 103 thru 107

POTENTIAL LAND USES

     Potential Land Uses:

         
Apartment:   Yes   Utilities Available:
           All to site

TRANSACTION INFORMATION

         
Sale Status:
  Recorded Sale
Financing:
  Cash To Seller
Sale Date:
    3/2002

Sale Price

           
Reported:
    4,200,000  
Cash Equivalent:
    4,200,000  
Capital Costs:
    12,000  
Adjusted:
    4,212,000  
 
$ Per SqFt:
  $ 49.53  

SITE ATTRIBUTES

                 
    Sq Ft   Acres
Total Land Area:
    85,041.00       1.95  
Net Usable Area:
    85,041.00       1.95  
Percent Usable:
    100.00 %        

VERIFICATION

Recording Reference:    16166776, 16166774
Grantor:    Nguyen, et al, Ramchandani

Grantee:    Story LIH, LLC

Verification Contact:
  Appraiser, public records

REMARKS

Transfer consists of two separate transactions with parcel 084 sold by Nguyen, et al, and the remaining sold by Ramchandani. During the escrow period for both sites, the buyer applied for and received entitlements to combine the parcels for construction of a 130-unit apartment complex. Reportedly, all of the units will be restricted under the LIHTC program. One of the parcels was improved with a 6,000 sf house which demolition costs were estimated at $12,000.

 


 

Land Comparable 4

     
    NWC Agnews & Montague Expressway
     
    Santa Clara, CA
813-E5   County: Santa Clara
     
Zoning:  PD-MC   Parcels and/or Legal:
    097-08-057

POTENTIAL LAND USES

     Potential Land Uses:

     
Apartment:   Yes   Utilities Available:
        All to site

TRANSACTION INFORMATION

         
Sale Status:
  Recorded Sale
 
       
Financing:
  Cash To Seller
Sale Date:
    3/2002

Sale Price

           
Reported:
    15,000,000  
Cash Equivalent:
    15,000,000  
 
    0  
Adjusted:
    15,000,000  
 
$ Per SqFt:
  $ 67.00  

SITE ATTRIBUTES

                 
    Sq Ft   Acres
Total Land Area:
    223,880.00       5.14  
Net Usable Area:
    223,880.00       5.14  
Percent Usable:
    100.00 %        

VERIFICATION

Recording Reference:    16184782
Grantor:    Rivermark Partners, LLC

Grantee:    Essex Rivermark Apartments, LP

Verification Contact:

  Public Records, Appraiser

REMARKS

Property located within the Rivermark master planned community that is being developed on the former site of the Agnews State Hospital. The site already had all entitlements to construct 250 apartments at the time of sale. Reportedly, the proposed improvements will consist of a “luxury” complex with units contained in 3 and 4 story buildings.

 


 

]

ADDENDA

ADDENDUM G: Comparable Improved Sale Data Sheets

 


 

Improved Comparable 1

         
(PICTURE OF CARMEL VILLAGE)   Property Name: Carmel Village

Property Type: Senior Housing

Property Subtype: Assisted Living
  17077 San Mateo Street


Fountain Valley, CA 92708

County: Orange
       
       
       
       

IMPROVEMENTS

         
Class:
    B  
Est. Gross Building Area:
    117,666  
Est. Net Building Area:
    117,666  
Year Built:
    1986  
Quality:
  Good  
Condition:
  Average  
Buildings:
    3  
Stories:
    3  
Fire Sprinklers:
  Yes  

TRANSACTION INFO

         
Sale Status:
  Recorded Sale
Interest:
  Fee Simple
Sale Date:
  01/15/2003

Sale Price

           
Reported Price:
  $ 23,125,000  
Cash Equivalent:
  $ 23,125,000  
Adj. Sale Price:
  $ 23,125,000  
 
$ Per SqFt:
  $ 196.53  
 
$ Per Unit:
  $ 122,354  
 
Cap Rate:
    11.14 %
 
EGIM:
    4.24  

OCCUPANCY

         
Occupancy at Sale:
    97.00 %
Seniors
       

FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

                 
    Amount   Percent
Potential Gross Income:
  $ 5,450,000          
Effective Gross
  $ 5,450,000          
Operating Expenses:
  $ 2,875,000       0.53 %
Net Operating Income:
  $ 2,575,000          

SITE ATTRIBUTES

                 
    SqFt   Acres
Total Land Area:
    139,828       3.21  
Net Usable Area:
    139,828       3.21  
Percent Usable:
    100 %        
Ground Leased:
  No          

SENIOR HOUSING INFO

         
Number of AL Units:
    94  
Number of IL Units:
    95  
Number of Cottage Units:
    0  
Number of ALZ Units:
    0  
Total Number of Units:
    189  
Average Unit Size:
    623  
No. of Licensed Beds:
    200  
Subsidized:
  No

VERIFICATION

Grantor:    Carmel Village Retirement Residence, Inc.
Grantee:   625 Management Company LLC
Verification Contact:
  Michelle Butts, 714.962.6667

REMARKS

This facility is licensed for 200 beds, but is operated at 189 units. Approximately one-half of the units are for independent living with the other half for assisted living. Assisted living residents pay from $350 to $1,400 per month in additional care fees. It was reported that over 70 percent of the residents are paying first level charges ($350 per month). It was reported that several of the buyer’s parties were stockholders of the selling entity, however, this was reported to be an arm’s length sale.

 


 

Improved Comparable 2

         
(PICTURE OF EMERALD HILLS)   Property Name: Emerald Hills

Property Type: Senior Housing

Property Subtype: Assisted Living
  11550 Education Street

Auburn, CA

County: Placer
       
       
       
       

IMPROVEMENTS

         
Class:
    B  
Est. Gross Building Area:
    61,677  
Est. Net Building Area:
    61,677  
Exterior Walls:
  Wood siding  
Year Built:
    1999  
Quality:
  Average  
Condition:
  Average  
Buildings:
    1  
Stories:
    3  

TRANSACTION INFO

         
Sale Status:
  Recorded Sale  
Interest:
  Fee Simple  
Financing:
  Cash To Seller  
Sale Date:
  09/06/2002  

Sale Price

           
Reported Price:
  $ 8,800,000  
Cash Equivalent:
  $ 8,800,000  
Adj. Sale Price:
  $ 8,800,000  
 
$ Per SqFt
  $ 142.68  
 
$ Per Unit:
  $ 98,876  
 
$ Per Eff Bed:
  $ 94,624  
 
Cap Rate:
    11.00 %
 
EGIM:
    4.00  

OCCUPANCY

         
Occupancy at Sale:
    100.00 %
Seniors
       

FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

                 
    Amount   Percent
Potential Gross Income:
  $ 2,475,000          
Effective Gross
  $ 2,475,000          
Operating Expenses:
  $ 1,490,000       0.60 %
Net Operating Income:
  $ 985,000          

SITE ATTRIBUTES

                 
    SqFt   Acres
Total Land Area:
    108,900       2.50  
Net Usable Area:
    108,900       2.50  
Percent Usable:
    100 %        
Ground Leased:
  No        

SENIOR HOUSING INFO

         
Number of AL Units:
    53  
Number of IL Units:
    20  
Number of Cottage Units:
    0  
Number of ALZ Units:
    16  
Total Number of Units:
    89  
Average Unit Size:
    693  
No. of Licensed Beds:
    97  
No. of Effective Beds:
    93  
Subsidized:
  No
Amenities:
       
Common areas, dining room
       

VERIFICATION

Grantor:    ALCO IV, LLC
Grantee:    Healthcare Property Investors, Inc.
Verification Contact:
  Seller

REMARKS

This property is located 60 miles east of Sacramento in Auburn. Facility offers studio alcove units (346 - 568 SF), one-bedroom units (483 SF) and two-bedroom units (728 SF). This was a sale lease-back transaction where the buyer will lease the facility to Emeritus for 15 years with a 10-year option. Emeritus has managed the facility since it was completed. The lease rate is based on 11.50 percent of the purchase price with 3.0 percent annual escalations. Expense amount shown includes a 5.0 percent management fee and reserves allowance.

 


 

Improved Comparable 3

         
(PICTURE OF MAPLERIDGE OF LAGUNA)   Property Name: Mapleridge of Laguna

Property Type: Senior Housing

Property Subtype: Assisted Living
  6727 Laguna Park Drive

Elk Grove, CA

County: Sacramento
       
       
       
       

IMPROVEMENTS

         
Class:
    B  
Est. Gross Building Area:
    50,476  
Est. Net Building Area:
    50,476  
Exterior Walls:
  Wood siding  
Year Built:
    1999  
Quality:
  Good  
Condition:
  Good  
Buildings:
    1  
Stories:
    2  
Fire Sprinklers:
  Yes

TRANSACTION INFO

         
Sale Status:
  Recorded Sale
Interest:
  Fee Simple
Financing:
  Cash To Seller
Sale Date:
    01/24/2002

Sale Price

           
Reported Price:
  $ 8,055,600  
Cash Equivalent:
  $ 8,055,600  
Adj. Sale Price:
  $ 8,055,600  
 
$ Per SqFt:
  $ 159.59  
 
$ Per Unit:
  $ 95,900  
 
Cap Rate:
    10.55 %
 
EGIM:
    3.16  

OCCUPANCY

         
Occupancy at Sale:
    76.00 %
Seniors
       

FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

                 
    Amount   Percent
Potential Gross Income:
  $ 2,550,000          
Effective Gross
  $ 2,550,000          
Operating Expenses:
  $ 1,700,000       0.67 %
Net Operating Income:
  $ 850,000          

SITE ATTRIBUTES

                 
    SqFt   Acres
Total Land Area:
    186,437       4.28  
Net Usable Area:
    186,437       4.28  
Percent Usable:
    100 %        
Ground Leased:
  No        

SENIOR HOUSING INFO

         
Number of AL Units:
    84  
Number of IL Units:
    0  
Number of Cottage Units:
    0  
Number of ALZ Units:
    0  
Total Number of Units:
    84  
Average Unit Size:
    601  
Subsidized:
  No

VERIFICATION

Grantor:    Marriott Senior Living Services
Grantee:    CNL Retirement Properties
Verification Contact:
  Buyer, CNL

REMARKS

This is a newer assisted living facility located in the south part of the Sacramento MSA in Elk Grove. Property was part of a five-facility joint venture transaction between CNL and Marriott. Marriott was to continue operating the property. Facility was in lease-up at time of sale. Income and expense data based on stabilized operating conditions.

 


 

Improved Comparable 4

         
(PICTURE OF WOODMARK AT SUMMIT)   Property Name: Woodmark at Summit

Property Type: Senior Housing

Property Subtype: Assisted Living
  5165 Summit Ridge Court

Reno, NV 89523

County: Washoe
       
       
       
       
       
      Parcels and/or Legal:
       
      66563

IMPROVEMENTS

         
Class:
    B  
Est. Gross Building Area:
    77,445  
Est. Net Building Area:
    77,445  
Exterior Walls:
  Stucco
Year Built:
    1998  
Quality:
  Good  
Condition:
  Good  
Buildings:
    1  
Stories:
    3  
Fire Sprinklers:
  Yes  

TRANSACTION INFO

         
Sale Status:
  Recorded Sale
Interest:
  Fee Simple
Financing:
  Cash To Seller
Sale Date:
    02/21/2002

Sale Price

           
Reported Price:
  $ 9,500,000  
Cash Equivalent:
  $ 8,500,000  
Capital Costs:
  $ 1,000,000  
Adj. Sale Price:
  $ 9,500,000  
 
$ Per SqFt:
  $ 122.67  
 
$ Per Unit:
  $ 103,261  
 
Cap Rate:
    12.63 %
 
EGIM:
    3.00  

OCCUPANCY

         
Occupancy at Sale:
    60.00 %
Seniors
       

FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

                 
    Amount   Percent
Potential Gross Income:
  $ 3,300,000          
Effective Gross
  $ 3,300,000          
Operating Expenses:
  $ 2,100,000       0.64 %
Net Operating Income:
  $ 1,200,000          

SITE ATTRIBUTES

                 
    SqFt   Acres
Total Land Area:
    182,299       4.19  
Net Usable Area:
    182,299       4.19  
Percent Usable:
    100 %        
Ground Leased:
  No        

SENIOR HOUSING INFO

         
Number of AL Units:
    92  
Number of IL Units:
    0  
Number of Cottage Units:
    0  
Number of ALZ Units:
    0  
Total Number of Units:
    92  
Average Unit Size:
    842  
Subsidized:
  No

VERIFICATION

Recording Reference:    11662-0240
Grantor:    Woodmark At Summit Ridge LLC
Grantee: Emeritus
Verification Contact:
  Buyer

REMARKS

Sale is an assisted living facility located in the northwest part of Reno, Nevada. The improvements are of good quality construction. Original developer was unable to attain stablized operation. Buyer is an experienced operator.

 


 

Improved Comparable 5

         
(PICTURE OF MANOR AT LAKESIDE)   Property Name: Manor at Lakeside

Property Type: Senior Housing

Property Subtype: Independent Living
  855 Brinkby Avenue


Reno, NV 89509
County: Washoe

Parcels and/or Legal:
019-380-09
       
       
       
       
       
       

IMPROVEMENTS

         
Est. Gross Building Area:
    56,411  
Est. Net Building Area:
    56,411  
Exterior Walls:
  Wood siding  
Year Built:
    1981  
Quality:
  Average  
Condition:
  Average  
Buildings:
    1  
Stories:
    3  
Fire Sprinklers:
  Yes

TRANSACTION INFO

         
Sale Status:
  Recorded Sale
Interest:
  Fee Simple
Financing:
  Cash To Seller
Sale Date:
    08/15/2001

Sale Price

           
Reported Price:
  $ 3,200,000  
Cash Equivalent:
  $ 3,200,000  
Adj. Sale Price:
  $ 3,200,000  
 
$ Per SqFt:
  $ 56.73  
 
$ Per Unit:
  $ 35,165  
 
$ Per Eff Bed:
  $ 35,165  
 
Cap Rate:
    11.56 %
 
EGIM:
    2.67  

OCCUPANCY

                                 Occupancy at Sale:           90.00 %
                                 Seniors

FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

             
    Amount   Percent
Effective Gross
Operating Expenses:
Net Operating Income:
    $1,200,000 $830,000 $370,000     0.69 %

SITE ATTRIBUTES

                 
    SqFt   Acres
Total Land Area:
    57,064       1.31  
Net Usable Area:
    57,064       1.31  
Percent Usable:
    100 %        
Ground Leased:
  No        

SENIOR HOUSING INFO

         
Number of AL Units:
    0  
Number of IL Units:
    91  
Number of Cottage Units:
    0  
Number of ALZ Units:
    0  
Total Number of Units:
    91  
Average Unit Size:
    620  
No. of Effective Beds:
    91  
Subsidized:
  No

VERIFICATION

Recording Reference:    2596536
Grantor:  WMFMT Real Estate LP (Archon)
Grantee: Quilted Care Reno LLC
Verification Contact:
  Seller’s broker

REMARKS

Sale of a independent living facility located in Reno. Improvements are of average quality construction. Income and expense information based on buyer’s proforma.

 


 

Improved Comparable 6

         
(PICTURE OF ATRIA REDDING)   Property Name: Atria Redding

Property Type: Senior Housing

Property Subtype: Assisted Living
  101 Quartz Hill Road


Redding, CA 96003
County: Shasta

Parcels and/or Legal:
112-090-18-00
       
       

IMPROVEMENTS

         
Est. Gross Building Area:
    44,328  
Est. Net Building Area:
    44,328  
Year Built:
    1997  
Quality:
  Poor  
Condition:
  Good  
Stories:
    2  

TRANSACTION INFO

         
Sale Status:
  Recorded Sale
Interest:
  Fee Simple
Financing:
  Cash To Seller
Sale Date:
    07/01/2001

Sale Price

           
Reported Price:
  $ 5,000,000  
Cash Equivalent:
  $ 5,000,000  
Adj. Sale Price:
  $ 5,000,000  
 
$ Per SqFt:
  $ 112.80  
 
$ Per Unit:
  $ 83,333  
 
Cap Rate:
    12.50 %
 
EGIM:
    3.00  

OCCUPANCY

         
Occupancy at Sale:
    95.00 %

FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

                 
    Amount   Percent
Potential Gross Income:
  $ 1,950,000          
Effective Gross
  $ 1,950,000          
Operating Expenses:
  $ 1,325,000       0.68 %
Net Operating Income:
  $ 625,000          

SITE ATTRIBUTES

                 
    SqFt   Acres
Total Land Area:
    133,294       3.06  
Net Usable Area:
    133,294       3.06  
Percent Usable:
    100 %        

SENIOR HOUSING INFO

         
Number of AL Units:
    60  
Total Number of Units:
    60  
Average Unit Size:
    739  

VERIFICATION

Recording Reference: N/A
Grantor: Atria Communities
Grantee: AMI Senior Living

REMARKS

This is the sale of a smaller assisted living facility located in northern California in Redding. The improvements are of above average quality construction. There are a total of 60 living units, consisting of 36 studio units, 20 one-bedroom units and four two-bedroom units. The property was not actively marketed and was purchased by a local senior housing provider. The income and expense data based on actuals at time of sale. The seller was motivated to sell and the price paid is considered below actual market value.

 


 

ADDENDA

ADDENDUM H: Qualifications of the Appraisers

 


 

PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATIONS

Mark E. Bryant
Managing Director, Senior Housing/Healthcare Industry Group

Mr. Bryant has been involved in the real estate appraisal industry since 1980. Was employed from 1980 to 1986 by Western Appraisals & Survey in Lewiston, Idaho.

Mr. Bryant joined Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. in 1986 in the Valuation Advisory Services Group in Portland, Oregon. Mr. Bryant was named an Associate Director in 1990, given Directorship in 1995 and was named a Managing Director in 2002.

Experience

Appraisal and consulting assignments have included vacant land, office buildings, shopping centers, industrial complexes, commercial properties, single- and multi-family residential properties, motels, senior housing, aviation properties, ad valorem mass appraisals, and other investment properties throughout the United States. Valuations have been made of proposed, partially completed, renovated and existing structures. Has been qualified as an expert witness in bankruptcy litigation in the State of Oregon.

From 1980 to 1985, Mr. Bryant was general real estate appraiser focusing on all property types, including residential, commercial, agriculture and special use properties throughout the country. Western Appraisal also conducted mass appraisals for various assessor offices and Mr. Bryant assisted in ad valorem valuation and board hearings for several county assessor offices.

From 1991 through 1998, Mr. Bryant’s primary focus was on the valuation and consultation on multi-family housing properties, with a special focus on affordable housing properties. He was a senior appraiser for the company’s Affordable Housing Group. Mr. Bryant has personally appraised and/or consulted on in excess of 200 affordable housing properties nationwide.

From 1998 to 2001, Mr. Bryant was a senior appraiser in the Senior Housing/Healthcare Industry Group and prepared appraisals, market surveys and feasibility studies on all facets of senior housing and healthcare properties for corporate and institutional clients. Mr. Bryant has personally appraised and consulted on in excess of 400 senior housing and healthcare facilities nationwide.

Mr. Bryant was named National Co-Director of the Senior Housing/Healthcare Industry Group in 2001. As National Co-Director, his responsibilities include coordination of the firm’s national Senior Housing/Healthcare Industry Group consisting of appraisers who specialize in the valuation of independent living retirement communities, assisted living facilities, continuing care retirement facilities, skilled, intermediate and subacute care nursing homes, hospitals and other healthcare oriented property types.

ADVISORY GROUP
(CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

         
PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATIONS
  Mark E. Bryant

Mr. Bryant is also a commercial pilot and doubled as a corporate pilot during his employment in 1980 to 1986 with Western Appraisals and Surveys. Mr. Bryant has appraised numerous aviation properties, including general aviation and corporate hangars, air cargo facilities, terminals, etc. and continues to provide valuation and consultation services nationwide on aviation real estate.

Education

University of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho, Graduated 1981
Degree: Bachelor of Science, Geography

Appraisal Education

Required curriculum for Membership, Appraisal Institute. Has completed continuing education courses and seminars sponsored by the Appraisal Institute and other real estate factions on an annual basis to maintain state licensing requirements.

Memberships and Professional Affiliations

  Associated Member, Appraisal Institute

Licenses

  State of Oregon — Certified General Appraiser — License No. C000186
 
  State of Montana — Certified General Appraiser — License No. 281
 
  State of Washington — Certified General Appraiser — License No.
 
  State of Idaho — Certified General Appraiser — License No. E442OK
 
  State of Utah — Certified General Appraiser — License No. CG00043062
 
  State of California — Certified General Appraiser — License No. AG027192

ADVISORY GROUP
(CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD LOGO)

 


 

PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATIONS

John M. Vissotzky
Managing Director, Valuation Services, Advisory Group

Mr. Vissotzky entered the real estate business in 1979. Employed from 1979 to 1982 as a real estate appraiser by T. J. Meenach Company in Spokane, Washington. Owner of Vissotzky Appraisal Services, Spokane, Washington from 1982 to 1983. Employed from 1983 to 1986 as a real estate appraiser by Western Appraisals in Lewiston, Idaho.

Joined Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. in March 1986, as Senior Associate, Portland Oregon — Appraisal Division. In April 1989 Mr. Vissotzky was promoted to Manager, Portland Appraisal Division and elected an Assistant Vice President. In 1990 he was elected Vice President. Effective 1999 title was changed to Director and Mr. Vissotzky became a stockholder in Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. In 2000 he was elected Managing Director, Portland Valuation Advisory Services, now Valuation Services. Current responsibilities include management of the Portland office, and a professional staff of 12, with appraisal and consulting coverage throughout the states of Washington, Oregon, Idaho, Utah, Montana, Nebraska, Wyoming, North Dakota, South Dakota and Alaska.

Experience

Appraisal and consulting assignments have included vacant land, office buildings, shopping centers, industrial complexes, commercial properties, residential properties, gravel pits, scenic easements, condemnation and right of way, special use properties and investment properties throughout the Western United States. Valuations have been made of proposed, partially completed, renovated and existing structures. Qualified as an expert witness in condemnation matters in the States of Washington, Idaho and Oregon and testified in divorce litigation in the state of Washington and bankruptcy litigation in the State of Oregon.

Education

Washington State University, Pullman, Washington, Graduated 1979
Degree: Bachelor of Arts, Sociology / Business Administration

Appraisal Education

Successfully completed all courses and experience requirements to qualify for the MAI designation. Also, he has completed the requirements of the continuing education program of the Appraisal Institute.

Memberships, Licenses and Professional Affiliations

  Member, Appraisal Institute — MAI

 


 

     
PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATIONS   John M. Vissotzky, MAI

Mr. Vissotzky is a duly Certified General Real Estate Appraiser in the following states:

    Alaska, #168, expiring 06/30/05
Georgia, license number 261786
Idaho, license number CGA-162
Montana, license number 279RAG
Nebraska, license number CG230108R
Oregon, license number C000200
Utah, license number CG00043063
Washington, license number 1100382
Wyoming, license number 14284

Special Awards

Qualified for Attendance to Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. Achievement Conference 1987, 1988,1995,1999 and 2001.

Mr. Vissotzky was recipient of the 2002 Francis Corcoran Award offered by Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. signifying Valuation Advisory Services Manager of the Year.